Home

2015 Nissan Murano

1. 1 64 Push starting we eee we oe Bw Ede es 6 12 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 50 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player a tte ete oe eee ee 4 38 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M OSE s ean o ee Oe ee e 9 28 Rear center seat belt 1 19 Rear power windows 2 47 Rear seat 0 1 6 RearView Monitor 4 2 4 7 Rear window and outside mirror defroster OWN a e oe ee eo a wo eS Be Shes 2 30 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 29 Recorders Eveni dala ss soc w ae oe ad Boe 9 29 Refrigerant recommendation a aa aaa 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote Start aoaaa aaa aaa 3 19 5 15 Reporting safety defects US only 9 27 ROO CK aa xoa So ce Ee a a a 2 44 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 25 1 32 1 39 1 43 Reporting safety defects US only 9 27 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 3 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Seatback pockets 000 2 40 Seat belt Child safety ee a re a 1 23 Infants and small children 1 24 Injured Person 500 1 16 Larder children s s ra saa sa od boas 1 24 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Pregnant women naaa aaa 1 16 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 64 Rear center seat belt 1 19 Seat belt extenders 1 22 Seat
2. 6 2 Loose fuel cap warning 2 23 3 27 Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning HONE coa e a a owe ee eee ee 2 11 2 23 Passenger air bag and status light 1 56 Seat belt warning light 1 16 2 11 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 66 2 11 Vehicle security system 2 25 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 eee ees 2 7 2 12 Warning labels for SRS 1 65 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 2 ee ee ee ee 2 7 2 12 Audible reminders 2 7 2 12 Indicator lights 2 7 2 2 Warning lighis aaa sc oe we a a 4 2 7 2 12 Warning lightS o saa 6 20 a 2 7 2 12 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer SWINE S sa a ae a oe eE a 2 29 Wiper and washer switch anaa 2 27 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels andtires 2 04 8 29 Wheel tire size 2 a 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country sao wa ee ew aw 9 10 VWVIDGOWS 2 s seoa s how Se eRe RO 2 45 Locking passengers windows 2 46 Power rear windows 2 47 Rear power windows 2 47 Windshield washer fluid 8 14 Windshield wiper blades 8 19 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWIONES i a s ei ok He ee ee 2 29 Wiper and washer switch 2 27 Wiper blades Wiper and washer swit
3. 022 02005 8 14 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 14 Seire a ce canes teen boca de cee ace ee eet uence 8 15 Jump SIAN eoceasecaeeeceeteseeeeeehaeeseaar 8 17 Dive Dellecctcs teeateanceeenaeote as aeeuseeesnaus 8 17 Spark pUgS an rserey ie cya carey eute ees snenet arises 8 18 Replacing spark plugS ices veeve rte ever ce een 8 18 PIP CCANel oss acted s bee cele tates ee nwt reece 8 18 In cabin microfilter cucsesaucarenceaceceueesenne 8 19 Windshield wiper blades 0 002000 8 19 CIGARING eo tus E ene sy ane eevapeu age esse 8 19 REDIACING errersrpres reidas Stew Ana EER 8 20 BIAKGS E E E E E E 8 21 FUSES ccca5ccceudeiceahscatacedieseheees a 8 22 Engine compartment cvaceseescenhcaednced tex 8 22 Passenger compartment 0e eee eens 8 23 Battery replacement suecnesheoecetsedug ar saseeas 8 25 NISSAN Intelligent Key 0 00005 8 26 IGM eres E eve Bae es Eevee ee ees Gee 8 27 PICAONQMISs320ceeenceneseseeetetacagesenveres f 8 27 Fog lights if so equipped 00ce eee eee 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 8 28 Wheels and TINGS sane devew etetae tu cinewen nese eee sie 8 29 Tire PICSSUIGs chin ve nnerneyedenened eoaeenenwaakd 8 29 Tre IADGING es ss toy eae eeeee cee eee rece eta ce 8 32 Typos Of UGS pias ce ccptwenesceee des ewes tare ees 8 35 TiS CHO S E foe See cares ste cence 8 36 Changing wheels and tires 00 00 8 37 MAINTENAN
4. 8 24 Eyeglass case whe sh ee a 2 41 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Pa E a aid e ee ee a ee 6 3 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid s so sori sa oe eR wee a 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s soaa aaa 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Mide e te ek oe eae ee eee a 8 13 Engine coolant 6 244 6 a mae om amp a 8 7 Engine oil 44 6 sage eee ge ow oe so 8 9 Power steering fluid 8 13 Windshield washer fluid 8 14 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog light switch 6 ae oe a ee ee i we 2 34 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 54 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Frontseats 2 0 ee ee 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aaa oaa aa 9 2 Fuel economy 1 ee eee es 5 64 Fuel filler door and cap 3 27 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 Fuel gauge aona oaa aaa 2 6 Fuel octane rating aaoo aaa 9 5 Fuel recommendation a aa oaaae 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 23 3 27 Fuel Cell Vehicle FCV System Tire pressure ik daw kh aa 8 29 FP el gauge os soea soa ok ed Baw 6 a a 2 6 FUSES a eoe a e a a a ga a a a ee ee ee 8 22 F sible NKS a e su a a oa 8 23 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 2 53 2 54 2 54 2 55 Gas cap css pina eae a e eS 3 27 Gauge Engine cool
5. The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re bumper and may not show objects verse position the monitor display shows the close to the bumper or on the ground view to the rear of the vehicle 1 CAMERA button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 e Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used e Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors Make sure that the liftgate is securely close when backing up e Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it H
6. Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you place the ignition switch in the OFF position and all doors are closed NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted For additional information refer to Ve hicle information display in this section To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF De or position Instruments and controls 2 31 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side 1 of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position your vehicle s battery could be come discharged 2 32 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pu
7. LIC2622 Bottle holder front A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Bottle holder rear LIC2933 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key to lock or unlock the glove box The valet key if so equipped cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CONSOLE BOX To open the console box press in on the lever and raise the lid To close push the lid down until the lock latches Instruments and controls 2 43 LUGGAGE HOOKS When securing items using luggage hooks lo cated on the back of the seat or side finisher do not apply a load over more than 6 5 Ibs 29 N to a single hook The luggage hooks that are located on the floor should have loads less than 110 Ibs 490 N toa single hook The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps 2 44 Instruments and controls AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo
8. e Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands etc as this may deform it Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result e Do not put any object into the sunshade inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade Do not forcefully pull the sunshade Do ing so may elongate the sunshade Im proper operation or damage to the sun shade may result If the moonroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof instruments and controls 2 49 INTERIOR LIGHT When the ON switch is pressed the footwell lights if so equipped step lights if so equipped map lights and rear personal lights will automatically turn on and stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the Intelligent Key a key or the request switch if so equipped while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion When individually pushed 2 50 Instruments and controls When the OFF switch is pushed the interior lights will illuminate when pushed When the DOOR OFF switch is pressed and the ON switch Is pressed all of the lights will come on NOTE The footwell lights and step lights illumi nate when the driver and passenge
9. Press the OK button to show the list of preset stations XM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous channel Press the OK button to show the XM Menu iPod Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the OK button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the OK button to show the CD Menu USB Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the OK button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song AUX Press the OK button to show the AUX Menu NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS This vehicle is equipped with NissanConnect Mobile Apps This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and easily controlled through the vehicle s audio sys tem NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or
10. 5 14 Steering Heated steering wheel 2 34 Power steering fluid 8 13 Power steering system 5 68 STOO MGI e ea wt tay erected s Wm awe e A 8 28 SOAGE a se a Eek becky F Pt 2 40 Sunglasses case ede Ee ee aw OS 2 41 Sunglasses holder 08 5 2 41 OUEWOOMs aids of Goce amp Bue br dees ey a amp Ee 2 48 Sunroof see Moonroof 9 48 SUN VISOS 2046 Che SARS k ee EERE 3 31 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 65 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 66 2 11 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 54 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 65 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM ce ae g oe ba 6 tahoe Reha 1 46 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 46 10 6 Switch Autolight switch amp 2 2424 e 3 a ee x 2 31 Automatic power window switch 2 47 Fog light switch 2 34 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight control switch 2 30 Instrument brightness control aa 2 33 Power door lock switch 3 5 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWC lie ak thy oe Oe ee ee ee Go 2 30 Rear window wiper and washer switches 20 cc ca Seas oS ea we eo 2 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone OYE hs Ga ak he hea ee Gee a oc 4 48 Turn s
11. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking the doors with the remote control Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional informa tion refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli
12. ICC system warning orange Indicates that if there is a malfunction in the ICC system 2 3 4 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is dis played in km h Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between ve hicles set with the distance switch Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you Operating ICC To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the CRUISE ON OFF switch on The ICC system ON indicator white set dis tance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on in a standby state for setting To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The ICC system set indica tor green vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indica tor B will come on Take your foot off the accel erator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed When the SET COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions the system can not be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds When traveling below 20 MPH 82 km h and the vehicle ahead is not detected Starting and driving 5 41 When the shift lever is not in the D Drive or Manual mode When the parking brake is applied When the brakes are operated by the driver When the
13. In the bird s eye view the yellow frame 1 is displayed on each camera image front rear right left depending on where moving objects are detected The yellow frame is displayed on each view in the front view and rear view modes While the BCI chime if so equipped is beeping the MOD system does not chime A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system Is not operative If the MOD system is turned off the MOD icon is not displayed The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position When the CAMERA button is pressed to switch from a different screen to the camera view on the display 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When vehicle speed decreases below ap proximately 5 mph 8 km h When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and then back to the ON posi tion AWARNING Do not use the MOD system when tow ing a trailer The system may not func tion properly e Excessive noise for example audio system volume or open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard e The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental con ditions and surrounding objects such as When there is low contrast between background and
14. Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly ROOF RACK if so equipped Genuine NISSAN accessory cross bars are avail able through your NISSAN dealer Contact an NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equipment information Always distribute the luggage evenly on the cross bars Do not load more than 100 Ib 45 kg on the cross bars Observe the maximum load limit shown on the cross bars or roof carriers when you attach them on the roof cross bars Contact an NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equip ment information Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails Cross bars must be installed before apply ing load cargo luggage to the roof of the vehicle Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S
15. Release Parking Brake This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven Low Fuel This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches O Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 Empty Low Washer Fluid This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional informa tion refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Door liftgate Open This warning illuminates when a door has been opened when the engine is running I Key System Error See Owner s Manual After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for a period of time and then turns off The I Key System Error message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible Loose Fuel Cap This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled For a
16. Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features Memory storage function Entry exit function LPD2291 MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver s seat steering column if so equipped and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Place the ignition in the ON or ACC position The vehicle should be stopped while setting the memory 2 Adjust the driver s seat steering column if so equipped and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation refer to Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 system section of this manual and Tilt Telescopic Steering and Outside mir rors in this section 3 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 4 The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds 5 The chime will sound if the memory has been stored NOTE If a NEW m
17. When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close the beam of the radar sen sor is obstructed The radar sensor may not detect a sec ond vehicle when driving on a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves Excessive noise will interfere with the warning tone sound and it may not be heard LSD2262 Forward Emergency Braking system warn ing light orange System temporarily unavailable Condition A When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the Predictive Forward Collision Warning system is automatically turned off The Forward Emergency Braking system warning light orange and the driver assist system for ward indicator orange will illuminate Starting and driving 5 53 Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the Predictive Forward Collision Warning system will resume automatically Condition B When the sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed making it im possible to detect a vehicle ahead the Predictive Forward Collision Warning system is automati cally turned off The Forward Emergency Braking system warning light orange will illuminate and the FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION warning message will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on stop the vehicle in a safe place place the shift lever in th
18. tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB connection port on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th Generation firmware version 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th Generation firmware version 2 0 4 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 3G firmware versio
19. 8 26 Before starting the engine 5 14 Belt See drive belt 0 8 17 Blind Spot Warning BSW warning SVSles 66 5 4 6 6 ee ee hk eee Be Eee 5 21 Block heater EDOMO ea a a ah Be Ae es o ee te 5 74 Bluetooth audio 1 eee ee 4 46 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System 2 4 51 Booster seats ew oa Se oa A Ew 1 43 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 69 Brake Hid 02 2 4 mi ee w ao eae ew 8 14 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Brake system 204 4 5 68 Brake warning light 2 8 Brake wear indicators 2 14 8 21 Parking brake operation 5 20 Self adjusting brakes 8 21 Brake fuid s e se e oe aed a Ew Ae eA 8 14 Blakes s oa ab ee Bork 7k Wee a oa HY 8 21 Brake system 6c ek Be ee ew ee 5 68 Break in schedule 5 62 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 33 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement nonoa aa 8 28 C Capacities and recommended fuel l bricants s w a a samda a a 9 2 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CBradio 4 50 CD care and cleaning 4 47 CD player See audio system 4 41 Check tire pressure 2 2 ea ae 2 23 Child restraints 1 23 1 24 1 25 1 27 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 1 27 Precautions on ch
20. Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location and then turn off and restart the engine If the system warning message continues to appear have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize
21. Changing engine oll filter in this section Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations 10 Turn the engine off and wait more than a CAUTION 10 minutes Check the oil level with the Be careful not to burn yourself The engine dipstick Add engine oil if necessary oil may be hot 7 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 26 ft lb 34 N m 8 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely For additional information refer to Recom AWARNING mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use l the dipstick to determine when the proper Keep used engine oil out of reach of amount of oil is in the engine children 9 Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 4
22. Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated menu control switch OK button 1 2 SOURCE button 3 Volume control buttons STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL SOURCE select switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio system on Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM XM USB iPod Bluetooth Audio AUX AM 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control buttons Push the volume control buttons to increase or decrease the volume BA vy Menu control switch OK button While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station
23. Release i E Parking Brake e Tire Pressure Low Battery Voltage Low Low Outside Add Air charge Battery Temperature i Shipping Mode On fe Push Storage Fuse No Key Flat Tire Power will turn off H Detected Visit dealer to save the battery L j Pjf ow 7 to save the battery Washer Fluid Shift to Park Low Oil Pressure a Stop Vehicle 0 Q CVT Error See Owner s Manual Reminder x Turn OFF Headlights aa FOND Key AWD Error gt Alarm 94 Battery Low See Owner s Manual EP Time for a break Malfunction I Key System Error Driver Attention Alert See Owner s Manual See Owner s Manual AWD l See Owner s Manual AWD High Temp DYP Stop vehicle Take a Break Loose Fuel Cap AWD Warning j amp Driver Attention Alert Tire Size Incorrect Malfunction See Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 21 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Engine start operation No Key Detected Shift to Park Key Battery Low s oF W N Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys tem if l Key battery level is low 6 Key ID Incorrect 7 Release Parking Brake 8 Low Fuel 9 Low Washer Fluid 0 Door Liftgate Open 11 l Key System Error See Owner s Manual 12 Loose Fuel Cap 13 Tire Pressure Low Add Air 14 Flat Tire Visit Dealer if so equipped 15 Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle 16 All Wheel Drive AWD Error See Owner s Manual if so equipped 17 All Wh
24. When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in creasing When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when The vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly The accelerator pedal is depressed overrid ing the system NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads narrow roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 MPH 24 km h When the system judges the vehicle is at standstill When the shift lever is not in the D Drive or Manual
25. e Do not use Automatic transmission fluid ATF or Manual transmission fluid in a NISSAN CVT as it may damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of flu ids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 may also damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recom mended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing POWER STEERING FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked when the fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C The fluid level can be checked with the level gauge which is attached to the cap To check the fluid level remove the cap The fluid level should be between the MAX 4 and MIN lines If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent will prevent the power steering system from operating properly e Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BRAKE FLUID AWARNING Use only new fluid
26. All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT Both the driver s and passenger s front seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light The warning light located on the instrument panel will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning light will not light up if the seat is not occupied For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times 1 1
27. Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the mainte nance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type ND OIL8 or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air c
28. If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMaA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the M4 or PP SEEK TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the com pact disc returns to normal play speed rE gt P SEEK TRACK button Pressthe M4 SEEK TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK TRACK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the P gt SEEK TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one
29. Owner s Manual Supplement The information contained within this supplement revises the Operating the power liftgate if so equipped information in the Liftgate section of the 2015 Murano Owner s Manual Read carefully and keep in vehicle Printing October 2015 01 Publication No SU15EA 4Z52U0 LPD2212 Instrument panel switch OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE if so equipped A WARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the liftgate Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents NOTE To open close or reverse the power liftgate the shift lever must be in P Park Also the power liftgate will not operate if battery voltage is low Power Open The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully closed position to the fully open position in approximately 5 8 seconds The power open feature can be activated by the switch on the Intelligent Key the instrument panel switch the glove box switch and the liftgate request switch A chime sounds to indicate the power open sequence has been started LPD2295 Liftgate opener switch The liftgate can be opened by the instrument panel switch liftgate request switch and the Intelligent Key even if the vehicle is locked The liftgate will individually unlock and o
30. When the button if so equipped is pressed during the open or close process the liftgate will reverse Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 211 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 1 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door is pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle Back door open request switch pressed with the Intelligent key is in range of the back door request switch area Using the interior light Press the 1 button on the Intelligent Key once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual ay ch Answer back horn feature WPD0362 If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When it is deactivated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator lights flash twice When the UNLOCK buttonis pushed nei ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op erates Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle inf
31. ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label For additional in formation refer to Tire and loading information label in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the
32. ing system checked by a NISSAN dealer Radar certificate FCC Notice For USA User Manual statement according to 15 19 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device must not cause interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra dio exempts de licence Lexploitation est autori s e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 Vappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 Vutilisateur de appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT if so equipped AWARNING The Driver Attention Alert system is only a warning to inform the driver of a po tential lack of driver attention or drowsiness It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control The Driver Attention Alert system does not detect and provide an alert of th
33. section of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE Refer to the Tire and loading information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the break in procedure recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle For additional information refer to Break in schedule in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommen dations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recom mendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing July 2015 04 Publication No OM15EA 0252U3 Printed in U S A TOOUMF1SxXcD
34. 18 Driver supplemental knee air bag P 1 46 19 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Audio control switches P 4 29 90 Hood release P 3 22 Fuel door release P 3 27 21 Fuse box P 8 22 22 Power liftgate main switch if so equipped P 3 23 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 38 23 Instrument brightness control P 2 30 Twin trip odometer reset switch P 2 3 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped Refer to the page number indicated in pa 1 Tachometer 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge rentheses for operating details 2 Warning indicator lights 3 Vehicle Information Display Odometer Twin trip odometer 4 Speedometer 5 Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER This vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer The speedometer is located on the right side of the meter cluster The odometer is located within the Vehicle Information Display Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer and the twin trip odometer Q are displayed below the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 2 4 Instruments and controls The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Al 0 0 mi
35. 5 59 Anti lock Braking System ABS 05 5 69 Driver Attention Alert operation 5 60 Brake bbi tuvcueneesureterdnedntaeaneaneee 5 70 Turning the Driver Attention Alert system on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 70 and Off uusssssussrrrurrrrrrrrrrrirurrrrrrs 5 61 Hill Start Assist system aseenn cece eee eee 5 72 Driver Attention Alert limitations 5 61 Cold weather driving ccceceeeeeeueeeeeeeees 5 73 System malfunction 6 s eee ee eee 5 62 Freeing a frozen door lock 0 c0ceeee eens 5 73 Break in schedule 22 5 sua wader Sedetinseedeeeednes 5 62 Antifreeze 5 73 Fuel efficient driving tipS 2 2 0ee 5 63 Battery 5 73 eee eee aoe Draining Of coolant Waters n lt iscaseci2tionadaduas 5 73 All Wheel Drive AWD if so equipped 5 64 Tecimer 5 73 Parking parking on HillS sas dseee etna aaa 5 67 Sean A ea ae 5 73 POWErSICEIING lt cckscue och a sees been cdea ws eeeaeduas S06 of eee eee Dake salen 5 68 Driving ON SNOW OF ICE 2c cee 5 73 Brake precautions iaisis eset ontwet weve xtatawads 5 68 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 74 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent
36. AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully whil
37. For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the objectin The position is shown farther than the position the display However the vehicle may hit the in the display However the position is object if it projects over the actual backing up actually at the same distance as the position course The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up Course OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Re verse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed with some delay When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on
38. Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure For additional information refer to TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section of this manual Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long tr
39. ONOGA ee ae ee ek a a a e e ala d 3 22 Lift gate release oaoa aaa 3 26 Light Air bag warning light aaa 1 66 2 11 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 28 Charge warning light 2 8 Exterior and Interior lights 8 28 Fog IGKIS 6258 426 4 oak Be ee Red 8 27 Fog light SWIGH 25 saat a6 od wa 4 4 2 34 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight control switch 2 30 Headlights sis mor aa eo a E 8 27 Interior light ooa aaa aa 2 50 Light DUIDS s samad iad niwa 8 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning ONE ee sae hh ee hae ee 2 11 2 23 10 4 Passenger air bag and status light 1 56 Personal lights au a aoaa ee ae wd 2 51 Security indicator light 2 13 Spotlights See map light 2 51 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 eee ee 2 7 2 12 AGUS se ee ee A ee ee ee a ee A 8 27 Map lights g 2 424 4 ofS Ook bate u 2 51 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 DOOrIOOKS e 6a 3h a oe Ge E 3 4 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 Lift gate release nonoa aaa 3 26 Power door locks 3 5 3 6 Loose fuel cap warning aaau aaa 2 23 3 27 Low fuel warning light 2 11 2 23 Low tire pressure warning light aaaea 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning OMG se ark
40. Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Poor sound quality It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Bit rate may be too low If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skip
41. accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry e Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 e Keep battery out of the reach of children e Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level ee WDI0224 1 Remove the
42. amp Bluetooth SiriusxaM BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon SirlusXM services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package The satellite service is available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC SirtusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www siriusxm ca 2015 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and teleph
43. are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line f approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing up ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R Reverse 2 Press the ENTER SETTING button 3 The Settings screen will show brightness 4 Press the ENTER SETTING button again to show contrast 5 Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down 6 Press the ENTER SETTING button to com plete the adjustment Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft
44. coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixin
45. gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Ay A WPD0359 Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard warning lights flash twice the horn beeps once and the front and tail lights will turn on for 10 seconds All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the f button on the Intelligent Key 2 The driver s door will unlock and the hazard warning lights flash once and the front and tail lights will turn on for 30 seconds 3 Press the 1 button again within one minute to unlock the remaining doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle in formation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual NOTE If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve hicle Settings all doors will unlock upon the first f press of the Intelligent Key remote All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pressing the button Opening any doors Pushing
46. indicator on the display will turn off Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied MA CD EJECT button When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System regarding the iPod player available with this system in this section For additional information refer to USB Univer sal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System regarding the USB connec tion port available with this system in this section For additional information refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system in this section LHA3205 Front USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models without Navigation System if so equipped 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems LHA3206 Rear if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect discon
47. ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar objects This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has an air filter Do not operate the climate con trolled seat without an air filter This may result in damage to the system When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not oper ate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys tem on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The amp indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual POWER OUTLETS LIC3002
48. may activate for a period of time when any door is unlocked and when the door opened closed status changes in the OFF and ACC positions EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1 5 sec onds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Place the shift lever in the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ON Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within ten seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position or the engine is started by the above procedure the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information display even when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a mal function To turn off the Intelligent
49. the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on i 75mi NORMAL 75 Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the ve hicle is still driveable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at an NISSAN dealer Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system is located on the front of the vehicle To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor area clean Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could failure or malfunction If the sensor is dam aged due to an accident contact an NISSAN dealer Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunc tion Do not attach metallic objects near the sen sor area brush guard etc This could cause failure or malfunction Do not alter remove or paint the front bum per Before customizing or restoring the front bumper please contact an NISSAN dealer Radar certificate FCC Notice For USA User Manual statement according to 15 19 This device comp
50. the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the outgoing call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of outgoing calls Redial Speak this command to call the last number dialed Call Back Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Messaging Speak this command to access text messaging functions For additional information on these commands refer to Text messaging in this sec tion Show Applications Speak this command to display list of smart phone apps available NOTE Compatible smartphone and registration necessary to access applications For addi tional information refer to Nissan Connect Mobile Apps in this section Select Phone Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem 1 Press the rs wheel button on the steering 2 The system will prompt you for a command Say Call 3 Select one of the available voice commands to continue e A Name Speak the name of a phone book entry to place a call to that entry The system will respond with the name it inter preted from your command
51. tiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates Right after inflation the knee air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the knee air bag system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental inflation of the knee air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system or sus pension system This could affect proper operation of the knee air bag system Tampering with the knee air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the driver knee bolster or install additional trim material around the knee air bag 1 64 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Work around or on the knee air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the knee air bag system The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the knee air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING If the vehicle becomes involved in a
52. tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible For additional information refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the win dows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sen sors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle lf a transmitter se
53. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack 6 8 In case of emergency Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the 2 notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To
54. EEE EE 7 5 Cleaning INMTeriO sssi 246s easgeewwiedeenses earl rena 7 4 Protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to co
55. Edit Custom Messages if so equipped Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message To set a custom message send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is connected to the system Three custom messages can be set Custom messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 61 Auto Reply if so equipped Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func tion When enabled the vehicle will auto matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving Auto Reply Message if so equipped Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled Choose from I m Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the system Vehicle Signature On Off if so equipped Select to choose whether or not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes sages from the vehicle This message can not be changed or customized MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands To activate manual control mode press the PHONE SEND is button on the steering wheel to access the phone menu and then press either up or down on the tuning switch Cy i The manual control mode does not allow dia
56. Instrument Panel 12V OUTLETS The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The front and center console power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC if so equipped or ON position LIC2616 Center Console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory LIC2617 Cargo Area e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Instruments and controls 2 39 STORAGE Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ibs 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to
57. Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected The Shift to Park warning appears on the Move the shift lever to the P Park position When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime The shift lever is not in the P Park position sounds continuously When shifting the shift lever to the P Park The Push ignition to OFF warning appears The ignitiorswiteh is mine ACC position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position in the display position The Door Open warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime The ignition switch is in the ACC position sounds continuously When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle Place the ignition switch in the ON position or close the driver s door The No Key Detected warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds three The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF times and the inside warning chime sounds position position When closing the door after getting out of for approximately three seconds the vehicle The Shift to Park warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the shift lever to the P Park position display and the inside and outside chimes position and the shift lever is not in the P and place the ignition switch in the OFF sound continuously Park position position When closing the door with the inside
58. Key bat tery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears replace the battery as soon as possible For additional information refer to Battery Replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 13 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 5 14 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as
59. Limited Warranty For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommenda Drain and refill tions in this section Without oil 4 3 4 qt 4 0 qt A5L For additional information refer to Changing engine oil and Changing filter change engine oil filter in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Goolingeysiens 9 1 4 gal 1 7 8 gal sae Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 ONLY in NISSAN CVTs Do not mix with other fluids Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 may damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or equiva Differential gear oil lent conventional non synthetic oil See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure titer Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or equiva Transfer oil lent conventional non synthetic oil See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent Power steering fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructi
60. Pee eee oe oR ee 2 11 2 23 Luggage hook i 2S2 24 dane oe ha os 2 44 Luggage rack see roof rack 2 44 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 23 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Maintenance requirements 8 2 Malfunction indicator light 2 12 Manual front seat adjustment 1 3 Map NOMIS sse ace ae Sa ho Se ene hg 2 51 Memory Seat 3 35 3 36 3 37 Meters and gauges 204 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 33 Mirror Inside Mirror a4 k a aed oe a eB 3 32 Outside mirror control 3 33 3 34 Outside mirrors 00004 3 34 Vanity WO s i os 2 6 oe a ee a 3 32 Mirrors oo aie ola We a eee be Boe ed 3 32 Moonroof 4 4 f2caweha ke houwia dew a 2 48 N NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 3 7 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator ca eo ok rk em ek a 5 13 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 26 5 14 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 QUOMGien s aae ra apaa doe a eas 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended tuell bricaniS s 2445 22 bana daa 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine ollfilter 8 12 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine oil 2 4 lt 4 a
61. RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the window with the de froster before you wash the window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may perma nently stain the grille if spilled wh
62. Rear facing step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 33 LRS2395 LRS2396 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor
63. SET COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions the system can not be set A warning chime will sound and a message will Pop up When the VDC system is off To use the ICC system turn on the VDC system Push the CRUISE ON OFF switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the CRUISE ON OFF switch again For additional information about the VDC system refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in this section When ABS or VDC including the TCS is operating When a wheel is slipping To use the ICC system make sure the wheels are no longer slipping Push the CRUISE ON OFF switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC system by pushing the CRUISE ON OFF switch again 5 42 Starting and driving CQ System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation AWARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to prop erly accelerate your vehicle when accel eration is required for a lane change De press the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden brak ing or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions T
64. Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player e Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time e Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact di
65. a text message k Press the i button Say Messaging Say Send Text The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following A name Number Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls If Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls or Missed Calls is selected the following ad ditional commands will be displayed Send Text Next Entry Previous Entry For additional information about these op tions refer to Voice commands in this sec tion Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Five predefined messages are available and three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following e Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay To send one of the custom messages say Custom Message If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For additional information on setting and managing custom text mes sages refer to Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the 1 2 Say Messaging 3 Say Read Text The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch on the steering wheel to scroll through all
66. activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off e To turn on the anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation refer to the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 Electric control type The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch C to select the left or right mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch 3 34 Pre driving checks
67. adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is posi tioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child re straint in a rear seat If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF A NISSAN dealer can check that the sys tem is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sitting in the fron
68. air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the Occupant Classifica tion Sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical
69. and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section Ae WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The b
70. and the front passen ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Front passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in the Safety section of the owner s manual The light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied front passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions as outlined in the Safety section of the owner s manual The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag Is operational In addition to the above certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this Occupant Classification Sensor system please refer to Normal operation and Troubleshooting in this section Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto ma
71. brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information regard ing brake inspections refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 FUSES If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse Is installed in the fuse box securely 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engi
72. by your NISSAN dealer heater by such people could result in seri by a NISSAN dealer ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth 2 36 Instruments and controls The 2nd row seats are warmed by built in heat ers The switches are located on the rear of the front center console and can be operated inde pendently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch Is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH if so equipped The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seat by blowing warm or cool air from under the surface of the seat The climate control s
73. center of gravity excessively and affect the handling and stability of the vehicle Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged For AWD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Starting and driving 5 9 e Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dyna mometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions test ing or similar equipment ev
74. center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable e Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that m
75. clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km For additional information refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifications at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation
76. contact the outlet SEATBACK POCKETS There is a pocket located on the back of the driver and passenger seats These pockets can be used to store maps AWARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items e Do not allow a passenger in the 2nd row to push or pull on the seatback pocket or headrest 2 40 Instruments and controls A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LIC2914 SUNGLASSES HOLDER Front console To open the sunglasses holder push and release CUP HOLDERS Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident Instruments and controls 2 41 LIC2915 Bench seat A CAUTION Do not recline the rear seatback when you use the cup holders on the rear armrest Doing so may cause the beverages to spill over and if they are hot they may scald the passengers 2 42 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Spilled liquid can also damage the seat climate system Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident
77. could damage Eee Phone zai quality degradation and wireless connection the transmitter and may violate FCC regula l disruption tions If the vehicle is in motion some commands may E not be available so full attention may be given to While a cellular phone is connected through Operation is subject to the following two con aka i y gt 29 T vehicle operation the Bluetooth wireless connection the ditions battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge 2 this device must accept any interference cellular phones including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device 1 This device may not cause interference and Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 53 Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait un
78. dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags other than the driver s knee air bag do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during infla tion The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After
79. determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refer to Mea surement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures For additional information refer to the Tire and loading information label in this section Rin AN LTI2113 Cargo area luggage hooks SECURING THE LOAD There are luggage hooks located in the cargo area as shown The hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 6 5 Ibs 29 N to a single metal floor hook when securing cargo Technical and consumer information 9 15 AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damag
80. do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH 32 km h 5 44 Starting and driving How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se lected at any time depending on the traffic con ditions Each time the distance switch is pushed the set distance will change to long average short and back to long again in that sequence Distance Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m Long 200 60 Average 150 45 Short 90 30 The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the dis tance If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if The chime sounds The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are
81. drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If a malfunction occurs in the system the fi and indicator lights come on in the instru ment panel The VDC system automatically tu
82. engine as soon as it is safe to do so EJ Forward Emergency Braking system warning light if so equipped This light illuminates when the Forward Emer gency Braking system is set to OFF on the meter display If the light illuminates when the Forward Emer gency Braking system is ON it may indicate that the system is unavailable For additional informa tion refer to Forward Emergency Braking sys tem in the Starting and driving section of this manual KOJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning also appears in the vehicle information display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all four tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After
83. following directions Adjust the steering wheel up or down in direction to the desired tilt position Adjust the steering wheel forward or back ward in direction to the desired tele scopic position A CAUTION For vehicles with automatic drive posi tioner Failure to reset the tilt and tele scoping functions of the steering wheel after the vehicle s battery has been dis charged may prevent the steering wheel position from being adjusted For vehicles with automatic drive positioner Both the tilt and telescopic steering operation must be reset after the vehicle s battery has been dis charged in order to prevent the tilt and telescopic operation from locking in one position When the battery has been recharged or replaced perform the following For tilt operation Adjust the switch so the steering wheel moves to the highest position that can be reached For telescopic operation Adjust the switch so the steering wheel moves to the most forward and backward position that can be reached Performing these operations resets the range of the steering wheel s tilt and telescopic function Entry Exit function The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver s door is opened and the ignition switch is in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily The steering wheel moves back into position when the
84. g 9 Battery P 8 15 10 Radiator cap P 8 7 m fe EN 11 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 J 7 l E 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir TEH P 8 14 i a Vent Engine cover removed for clarity A wy j Refer to the page number indicated in pa ORERE REANA rentheses for operating details 0 8 Illustrated table of contents WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Brake warning light Forward Emergency Braking system warning light if so equipped Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light Front fog light indi cator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light Indicator Name light High beam indicator light blue Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL Security indicator light Side light and head light indicator light green Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DOS aun he eunden E E E 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment if so equipped av acaac deauvaweseeeneeeusearees 1 3 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped 6 kee eee eee eens 1 4 Rear bench seat adjustment 00005 1 6 AESI gaa ecece adsense anuteyuseeen
85. handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be installed on 235 55R20 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on 235 55R20 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 235 65R18 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum
86. iee EE E A E E T 0 4 Warning IndiCatorliGhtSs sc0s2occndo0ngesaeuseses 0 9 Passenger compartment cece eee e ees 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 46 2 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 46 3 Seat belts P 1 13 4 Head restraints headrests P 1 10 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 46 6 Rear seat center seat belt located on ceiling P 1 13 7 Rear seat outboard seat top tether strap anchor located on bottom of seatback P 1 25 8 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 25 Folding rear bench seat P 1 2 10 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 46 11 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 46 12 Seats P 1 2 13 Driver supplemental knee air bag P 1 46 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT w N 1 0 Ol gt 00 10 11 12 13 14 15 Front view camera if so equipped P 4 12 Engine hood P 3 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch wiper blades P 2 27 8 19 Windshield P 8 19 Rearview mirror P 3 32 Power windows P 2 45 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key keys P 3 4 3 2 Mirrors P 3 32 Side view camera if so equipped P 4 12 Tire pressure P 8 29 Flat tire P 6 3 Tir
87. in ACC or the ON position and if the vehicle is in P Park For additional information refer to Push button ignition switch positions in the Starting and driving section of this manual Power turned off to save the battery This message appears after the ignition switch is automatically turned to off For additional infor mation refer to Push button ignition switch po sitions in the Starting and driving section of this manual Reminder Turn OFF headlights This warning appears when the headlights are left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO position For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section Alarm Time for a break if so equipped This indicator appears when the driver selected set time is reached The time can be set up to six hours Driver Attention Alert Take a Break This alert appears when the system has detected that the driver may be displaying fatigue or a lack of attention Driver Attention Alert Malfunction This warning appears when the Driver Attention Alert system is not functioning properly For ad ditional information refer to Driver Attention Alert in the Starting and driving section of this manual Low Outside Temperature This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 8 C The temperature can be changed to display in Celsius or Fahren
88. in personal injury or death excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears All Wheel Drive AWD models A CAUTION e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and
89. km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated 5 4 Starting and driving The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the
90. lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional infor mation refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger For additional information refer to Supplemental Restraint System SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer
91. lock The outside chime sounds for approximately ae oi timed LOCK hice seconds andalihe dooie unlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelli gent Key to lock the door The outside chime sounds for approximately boiacaende The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Replace the battery with a new one For The Intelligent Key battery indicator appears additional information refer to Battery re placement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section The battery charge is low a on the display When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine 3 The No Key Detected warning appears on the display the inside chime sounds three __ The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you times When pushing the inition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN dealer the meter illuminates in yellow Key system 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE ENGINE START if so equipped The button will be on the NISSAN Intelli gent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start This feature allows the engine to start from out side the vehicle The following features may be affected when the remote start fe
92. may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that N
93. not function The automatic braking will cease under the fol lowing conditions When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision When the accelerator pedal is depressed When there is no longer a vehicle detected ahead If the Forward Emergency Braking system has stopped the vehicle the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released AWARNING e The radar sensor does not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles Crossing vehicles e The radar sensor has some perfor mance limitations If a stationary ve hicle is in the vehicle s path the For ward Emergency Braking system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 50 MPH 80 km h The radar sensor may not detect a ve hicle ahead in the following conditions Dirt ice snow or other material cov ering the radar sensor Interference by other radar sources Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles If the vehicle ahead is narrow e g motorcycle When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves When towing a trailer In some road or traffic conditions the Forward Emergency Braking system may unexpectedly apply partial braking When acceleration is necessary con tinue to depress the accelerator pedal to override the s
94. occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints Booster seats The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The
95. of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench 6 10 Incase of emergency Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire and loading information label affixed to the driver side center pillar JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated batter
96. on EA Brake E A A Master warning light Power steering warning light on Seat belt warning light and chime t 20 z Supplemental air bag warning light 4D Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS 8 8 0 If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light Side light and headlight indicator light green Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light WARNING LIGHTS For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section Instruments and controls 2 7 ABS 1 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Star
97. on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining
98. on and off predictive course WHOS ce aes ou oe eee eee ae eo ee 4 9 Difference between predicted and actual eie EEIT EE E TEE E E 4 9 Around View Monitor if so equipped 4 12 Available ViOWS 000 ccc eee eee eee 4 14 Difference between predictive and actual fe ce ge Ak er ce ere ee E ee 4 17 How to switch the display waceeisusqeeecncereeay 4 20 Moving Object Detection MOD 4 20 Around View Monitor Settings 4 23 View MAUR CON 5508 cecere sen edness as waewew es 4 23 How to adjust the screen view 0 000 4 24 ORGaUNGIDS aon nadenigeweereansensseweerdads 4 24 e shee kore tec eet eae neeeeeteneeeerasoeran 4 25 Heater and Air Conditioner automatic 4 26 AUTOMALIC ODGIAliON s cacces cieedtedwweedeweaid 4 27 Manual op ratiOn se c eentG eee eecescereneecekacs 4 28 Operating UPS sxovasetedeee reves tiroe Ernani 4 28 Servicing air conditioner 6 kee eee 4 29 Audio System 4222400 cu seebheedsectdetactadcaeres 4 29 Ee al o EAE T EE P cde AE E E E TE 4 29 FM radio reception usseeuteee cee nceeeutaeteses 4 30 AM radio reception 0220220e eee 4 30 Satellite radio reception 0 200e ee eee 4 30 Audio operation precautions 0000 4 31 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 00 cece eee eee 4 38 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System if SO equipp
99. or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plast
100. out o oS 3 4 Drive belt 2 sae ask ee ee eee ee we 8 17 Drive positioner Automatic 3 35 3 36 3 37 Driving Cold weather driving 5 73 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Precautions when starting and AVING a 2 a 4 8 2 a we ek a ee E 5 2 5 8 Driving the vehicle 5 15 E Economy fuel 2 abe a ew ee ee a 5 64 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 27 Engine Before starting the engine 5 14 Block heater aoaaa 5 74 Capacities and recommended fuellubricants s m srs sari w a E a 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oillfilter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine oil oaaae 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 2 9 Engine oil viscosity 0 ee ee ee 9 6 Engine serial number 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 14 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Event data recorders 9 29 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Extended storage switch
101. pressure gauge ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a Seat belt For additional information refer to Driving safety precautions in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As wi
102. pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section of this manual AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious pers
103. radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately two years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis play For additional information refer to Vehicle Information Display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual Since the Intelligent Key is capable of receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For additional information regarding replacement of a battery refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelli gent Keys see a NISSAN dealer 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be u
104. restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion ADJUST For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Raise To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint neadrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest Is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position SEAT BELTS Oo ion Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in a collision and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongl
105. restraint system Attaching the center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the connector tongue from the re tractor base 1 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac tor base 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks 3 The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt refer to Fastening the seat belts in this section AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button T and move the shoulder belt a
106. s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt
107. sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle 1 The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Rear center seat belt A WARNING The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue e Always fasten the connector tongue C and a seat belt tongue Both the connector and the seat belt in the order shown tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latche
108. should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD Infants and children should never be RESTRAINTS held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of A WARNING a collision e Failure to follow the warnings and in Do not put a seat belt around both a structions for proper use and installa child and another passenger tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and u
109. speakers On Screen Clock Toggles ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen Clock adjust Press the ENTER SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume creases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Vol the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume Language select Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Display screen heater air
110. suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methan
111. test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 LRS2501 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails in both rows All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for ex
112. tether strap and removed store it in a secure place Be sure secure the tether strap to the tether anchor eed diate BeTa point For additional information refer to In A E a E ures l T l additional information refer to Head stalling top tether strap in this section Do restraints headrests inthis section for head not install child restraints that require the use af atap telher strap IA seating pos ions thai restraint headrest adjustment information do not have a top tether anchor 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure
113. text mes button 4 60 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems sages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth Add Phone Delete Phone Replace Phone Select Phone BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access and adjust the settings for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton Bluetooth Select On or Off to turn the vehicle s Bluetooth system on or off Add Phone For additional information refer to Con necting procedure in this section Delete Phone Select to delete a phone from the displayed list The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone R
114. the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment This is not a malfunction Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 AROUND VIEW MONITOR if so equipped lf dirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam era the RearView Monitor may not display object clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water 1 CAMERA button With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Available views Front View An approximately 150 degree view of the front of the vehicle Rear View An approximately 150 degree view of the rear of the vehicle Bird s Eye View The surrounding view of the vehicle from above Front Side Vie
115. the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING When sitting in the rear bench seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially care ful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front sea
116. the fol lowing sections Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks In case of emergency 6 15 e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow Strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery 6 16 Incase of emergency Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC
117. the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning ap pears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section of this manual TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately one minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the one minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pres sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 9 AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment T
118. this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using Improper towing equipment could ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and per formance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 17 Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lisio
119. tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 LRS2597 Rear bench seat Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the back side of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack CENTER SEATING POSITION 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure
120. to Audio opera tion precautions regarding all operation precau tions in this section Audio main operation power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the sys tem is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER button to make a selection For additional information on Bluetooth settings refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navi Bluetooth gation System in this section Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjust the brightness to adjust the appearance of the display screen Adjust the contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear
121. to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the back side of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose
122. towing your vehicle based upon the type of drivetrain Please refer to the diagrams in this section to ensure that your ve hicle is properly towed 6 14 Incase of emergency All Wheel Drive AWD models All Wheel Drive AWD models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated A CAUTION DO NOT tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain LCE2220 LCE2221 Front Wheel Drive FWD models Front Wheel Drive FWD models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving wheels front off the ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated AWARNING Never tow your vehicle with the front wheels on the ground or 4 wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing with the rear wheels on the ground or on towing dollies place the ignition switch in the ON position and secure the steering wheel in the straight ahead position with a rope or similar device VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle There are two options to recover a stuck vehicle pulling and rocking For additional information regarding these options please refer to
123. unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious personal injury or vehicle damage 5 66 Starting and driving e Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dyna mometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions test ing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious personal injury or vehicle damage A CAUTION Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised If you use the free roller rotate four wheels with the same speed without raising any wheels If an AWD warning message is dis played while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed immediately and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The powertrain may be damaged if you continue driving when the AWD tem perature or tire size incorrect messages are displayed If the AWD high temperature message is displayed while you are driving pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning message turns off you can drive again If the tire siz
124. vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive po sition to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down To cancel manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to au tomatic driving mode When the shift lever is shifted from D Drive to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Starting and driving 5 17 When shifting the shift lever to the manual shift gate the position indicator displays 1 first up to 7 seventh depending on vehicle speed Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows 1e 2 3 s4856 6H 7 7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds 5 5th and 6 G
125. vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELT LDI2131 VQ35DE engine Crankshaft pulley Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley Generator pulley Air conditioner compressor pulley AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly PONS 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear Cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS lridium tipped spark plugs It is n
126. when certain objects are present such as Pedestrians bicycles or animals Vehicles such as motorcycles low height vehicles or high ground clear ance vehicles Oncoming vehicles Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop For additional information re fer to BSW driving situations in this section A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle For additional information refer to BSW driving situations in this section A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind For additional information refer to BSW driving situations in this section A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly For additional informa tion refer to BSW driving situa tions in this section A vehicle that passes through the de tection zone quickly Starting and driving 5 23 mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes The radar sensors detection zone is de signed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane When driving in a narrow lane the radar sensors may detect ve hicles driving two lanes away The radar sensors are designed to ig nore most stationary objects however objects such as guardrails walls foli age and parked vehicles may occasion ally be detected The syste
127. with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it LOOSE FUEL CAP warning inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message ap from the steering wheel Always use the pears in the vehicle information display when the seat belts fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning message perform the follow ing 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in this section 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 MANUAL OPERATION if so equipped Tilt and telescopic operation Pull the lock lever down Adjust the steering wheel up or down in direction 2 to the desired position wheel forward or back to the desired position Adjust the steerin ward in direction Push the lock lever up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC OPERATION if so equipped Tilt and telescopic operation To adjust the steering wheel move the switch in the
128. x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Luggage LLERK ECGS 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 b 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70 kg Example Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to
129. 1 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device 9 22 Technical and consumer information Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loadin
130. 1 0 m distance on 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object When backing up the vehicle down a hill the The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide the display However the vehicle may hit the lines are shown farther than the actual distance object if it projects over the actual backing up For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the course place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to o the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Re verse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed with some delay When the temperature is
131. 2 Inside Mirror itd oe a we we ee 3 32 Instrument brightness control 2 33 Instrument panel 2 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 33 Intelligent cruise control ICC system Brake Scio oaea s we oe oe wai 5 34 Intelligent Key system Key operating range 3 8 Key Operation 24 sses ee ee ee we ee 3 9 Mechanical key soo neon ene o 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 12 Troubleshooting guide 3 17 Warning signals 0 0 alm aaa 3 17 Interior IGM e wa u e me a a aa 2 50 iPod Player aaae 4 44 ISOFIX child restraints 1 27 J Jump starting ce ne ek aaa aaa 6 10 8 17 K e sa ae Ce en Cee ee OY ew amp ew oe T 3 2 Key fob battery replacement 8 25 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 12 Keys NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 3 7 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 65 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSE hte teeta ee ae bret ee es Bee a 1227 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12
132. 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt LRS2160 LRS2593 Manual front seat shown Power front seat shown 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor Fastening the seat belts and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to Sea
133. A FOLDER MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 Specification chart Supported file systems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 75 Kops 102 Kops VER Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters BENENE 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 A ga Taaa UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems
134. ATION If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detec tion zone the Blind Spot Warning BSW indica tor light located by the outside mirrors illumi nates If the turn signal is then activated the system chimes twice and the BSW indicator light flashes The BSW indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicles leave the detection zone The BSW indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 5 22 Starting and driving The brightness of the BSW indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the bright ness of the ambient light A chime sounds if the radar sensors have already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the BSW indicator light flashes and no chime sounds For additional information refer to BSW driving situations in this section The BSW system automatically turns on every time the engine is started as long as it is acti vated using the settings menu on the vehicle information display How to enable disable the BSW system Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and then press OK Use the y button to select Driver Assistance Then press the OK button 2 Select Blind Spot and press t
135. B Note that any object on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object The predicted course lines do not touch the The position is shown farther than the position 7 object in the display However the vehicle may hit in the display However the position is the object if it projects over the actual backingup actually at the same distance as the position course The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to e the position if the object projects over the actual backing up Course OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Re verse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed with some delay When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a ma
136. CC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after a period of time under the following conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park hazard lamps are off turn signals are off The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of P Park ignition switch changes position hazard lamps are turned on ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories ON has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position if the vehicle is not running after some time under the follow ing conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park hazard lamps are off turn signals are off The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of the P Park posi tion ignition switch changes position hazard lamps are turned on turn signals are turned on A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine Is turned off using the ignition switch If equipped the ignition switch heart beat func tion pulsed illumination
137. CE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN is designed to have minimum main tenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emissions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenanc
138. DC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the ft indicator may flashorboththe f and amp indica tor lights may illuminate e If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both the ft and the indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the ft and g indicator lights may illuminate Starting and driving 5 71 When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or both the A and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the ft indicator may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driv ing onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ff indicator may flash or both the ft and g indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 72 Starting and driving HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM AWARNING Never
139. DURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 55 To connect a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton Bluetooth ON OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off Bluetooth must be turned on in order to connect device Turns Bluetooth functionality on Turns Bluetooth functionality off Add Phone Upon pressing this button a message with a PIN appears on the screen Operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN and complete the connection process Once a phone is connected additional options will be displayed Replace Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system This option allows the user to keep any voicetags that were recorded using the previ ous phone if vehicle is equipped with voice recognition Select Phone Choose a phone a list of previously connected or currently connected phones Phonebook download Adds the connected phone s contacts to the vehicle phonebook Show Incoming Calls Displays a list of the connected phone s incoming calls The connecting procedure varies according to each phone For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual for detai
140. F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue king pin load use the following proce dure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue king pin load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight we
141. For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking br
142. H To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster 2 30 Instruments and controls NOTE The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting A When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and daytime running lights switch to front parking All the other lights remain on A CAUTION Use the headlights only with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights except daylight running lights when it is light
143. Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight Control switch vcca sac caswee ee cee ee ees 2 30 Daytime running light system 4 2 32 Instrument brightness control 05 2 33 Turn signal switch ndoctcstacetreaeseceeadacane 2 39 Fog light switch if so equipped 65 2 34 Oee eE E E EEE E E E 2 34 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 2 34 Heated seats if so equipped n nnua cece eee eee 2 35 Heated 2nd row seats if so equipped 2 36 Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped 2 37 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 38 POW QULCIS gcc cin ee r tenri pkar ERr EEN ANN ee 2 39 Tey OOUCUS ac aen E mete eek aes ears aes 2 39 OE ae ee ee er ee ee ee eee 2 40 seatback pockets os ccs e saddens dene cerca even as 2 40 Sunglasses holder ju i2s26c86s edna nanne 2 41 CUD NGIGES sessen essan een ku ane uae ea ees 2 41 ClOVE DOM sais geen senate see EE T 2 43 Console DOK cdc ews euteret cn caweneerexcenanns 2 43 Luggage HOOKS ods cuvswdn tian wee eea SEAE 2 44 Roof rack if so equipped 00 cece eee es 2 44 WVINCOWS cectectenueesedanostese ees ee eee 2 45 Power WINGOWS lt ucsuisscedaeeads thtceuee ee ons 2 45 Power moonroof if so equipped e0e ee 2 48 WiHLCR OPQ sauecserckecacetene sera checeeeee sees 2 50 Console light if so equipped 0000es 2 50 Mop NOUS zu cenerdeeuneveeueea
144. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the lower part 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated with and 0 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb if so equipped The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacin
145. ISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or Technical and consumer information 9 27 https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www ic gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 9 28 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST AWARNING A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in seriou
146. If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box For additional in formation refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades AWARNING Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 REPLACING Replace the wi
147. Intelligent Key 000 c eee eee 3 7 Operating TanGe lt 22 3 askance neern rann n ten etess 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution 05 3 9 NISSAN Intelligent Key Operation 3 9 How to use the remote keyless entry PON UCM 3 cae ce E EPT dos eie aque hie sale E E E cote 3 12 Waming SigNalS te ses see eurien seers ceenen ec 3 16 Troubleshooting guide cc000 20s sceseesvedaverr 3 17 Remote Engine Start if so equipped 3 19 Remote engine start operating range 3 19 Remote starting the vehicle 3 20 Extending engine run time 2 3 20 Canceling a remote Start cece eee ee 3 20 Conditions the remote start will not work 3 21 POCO 2 eaucenesee ees bees ok E ct een eae ee 3 22 i ae E E E E A T TE E TE 3 22 Operating the manual liftgate so egupped concnceemesconecneaeecanecvene 3 23 Operating the power liftgate if so equipped 3 23 Power liftgate main Switch 0e eee 3 26 Liftgate release 2 02 eee eee eee 3 26 Liftgate position setting sca0scdiewde ate etesdeae 3 27 PUG FIER GOO sccaccatceteteteareuemernepece tance 3 27 Opener operation n assensus eera 3 27 Fuel fller Gap coctenectadesne seeeeedecekecacesed 3 27 Tilt telescopic steering 022022 eee eee 3 29 Manual operation if so equipped 5 3 30 Automatic operation if so equipped 3 30 U
148. L NOT WORK The remote start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present Remote Engine Start is turned off in the Locking section of the Vehicle Settings menu The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The hood is not securely closed The hazard warning lights are on The engine is still running The engine must be completely stopped Wait at least 6 sec onds if the engine goes from running to off This is not applicable when extending en gine run time The remote start button Q isnot pressed and held for at least 2 seconds The remote start button Q isnot pressed and held within 5 seconds of pressing the lock button The brake is pressed The doors are not closed and locked The trunk or back door Is open The I Key Indicator Light remains solid in the vehicle information display The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle Two remote vehicle starts or a single remote start with an extension have already been used The vehicle is not in P Park There is a detected registered key already inside of the vehicle The Remote Start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the v
149. N ViSOlS E E EE E neces wobec N 3 31 Vanity MITOS ciserasissringiipsidni diari danis 3 32 Card holder errean oer nEn EIENAAR RENNENE 3 32 WIM OlS cuuce ne Manassas ak eee een cewrmemeceee aan 3 32 Rearview mirror if so equipped 6005 3 32 Automatic Anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped axscuc dues ceceecaemeenecceaus 3 33 Outside MIRO 22 cit cuecucadgeneecrceueacvess 3 33 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 35 Memory storage function 00 eee eee 3 35 Entry exit MUNCUON veei ce aces diet eeaceaiee ened 3 36 System operation ic tee iecerenteseeaceee venice 3 37 KEYS LPD0350 Type A if so equipped 1 Intelligent Key two sets 2 Mechanical key 3 Key number plate one plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments Doi Type B if so equipped LPD2279 LPD2052 Type C if so equipped NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components As many as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intell
150. NSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time 2 54 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individua
151. OW TO READ THE DISPLAYED around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa LINES al condensation Bub te lens a mal Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width uneon Nne Oran lectic SNo and distances to objects with reference to the Do not strike the camera It is a preci vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line f approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Distance guide lines A CAUTION Do not scratch the cover when cleaning e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m dirt or snow from the cover Green line approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing up 5 Display Settings ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1 While on a RearView Monitor screen touch the touch screen display The Camera Set tings screen will come up 2 Touch the Display Settings key 3 Touch the Brightness Contrast Tint Color or Black Level key 4 Adjust the item by touching the or key on the touch screen display Do not adjust the display of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES To toggle ON and OFF the pr
152. P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D Drive position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperatures with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instrument and controls section of this manual This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then push t
153. POT WARNING BSW SYSTEM if so equipped Blind Spot Warning BSW system AWARNING The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW system e The BSW system operates above ap proximately 20 mph 32 km h BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM The Blind Spot Warning BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes The BSW system uses radar sensors 1 in stalled near the rear bumper to detect other ve hicles in an adjacent lane SSD1030 Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex tends approximately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m side ways The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH 32 km h If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detection zone the Blind Spot Warning indicator light illuminates If the driver then activates the turn signal a chime will sound twice and the Blind Spot Warning indicator light will flash Starting and driving 5 21 LSD2228 BSW indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPER
154. Remove pins from the right engine pro 8 Start the engine and check for leakage tector located inside the right wheel well and around the oil filter Correct as required then remove protector Remove oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counter clockwise Then remove the oil filter by turn ing it by hand 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION ZY e Be sure to remove any old gasket T T a material remaining on the sealing EN TS surface of the engine Failure to do SS a4 so could lead to an oil leak and en Dowie ine damage g ge The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole when filling the engine CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER with oil 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean the parking brake engine oil 2 Turn the engine off 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION e NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 ONLY in NISSAN CVTs Do not mix with other fluids
155. S or C V M S S certification label lo cated on the driver s door pillar For additional information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and customer information section of this manual AWARNING Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying Capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the cross bars Heavy loading of the cross bars has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross bars load Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION Always install the cross bars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle s roof may cause ve hicle damage WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattend
156. The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec tion zone due to Its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is enter ing the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver may have to nials i manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper dis tance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set s
157. a aaa 5 15 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUN es amp eenaa ENDR d 9 10 Trip odometer aaoo 2 4 Turn signal switch aaou aaa 2 33 U Uniform tire quality grading aaau aa 9 26 USB interface aaau aa 4 42 Audio file operation 4 43 v VAEV OT 3 ke ee a a a o a A 3 32 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 38 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 70 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 70 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 0000 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle immobilizer system 2 26 5 14 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery 2 2 2 eee ee 6 15 6 16 Vehicle security system 2 25 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 26 5 14 YONE 3 ee Sad Se ee ee E 4 25 VISOS aua ae e a oe ee ee ee a 3 31 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 54 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 66 2 11 Anti lock brake warning light 2 7 2 8 Battery charge warning light 2 8 Blind Spot Warning BSW warning WAT ess Ge ee a oe cay ge Se ee Gee ee Ge 5 21 Brake warning light 2 8 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 2 9 Hazard warning flasher switch
158. a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART dS Sand Canada Maximum Towing Capacity 1 1 500 Ib Maximum Tongue Load 150 lb pennies ees Maximum Gross Combined 6 393 lb Weight Rating 2 900 kg 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from a NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from a NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer h
159. ack of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 1 39 1 40 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2394 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the sho
160. adrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 7 lf the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 2 may or may not illuminate depe
161. ag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bags and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Driver supplemental knee air bag The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster on the driver s side The knee air bag is located on the driver s side of the vehicle only All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The knee air bag is designed to inflate in higher se verity frontal collisions although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact It may not inflate in certain collisions Vehi
162. ake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be
163. al driver s side 5 Temperature control dial passenger s AUTO button side DUAL button 2 ON OFF button 6 amp Fresh air intake button 3 Display screen 7 amp gt Air recirculation button 4 MODE manual air flow control button ed A C air conditioner button 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems fan speed control buttons UJ REAR window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button 7 FRONT defroster button AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE e Odors from inside and outside the ve hicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air re circulation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment This should help reduce odors inside
164. al the number of the current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next En try or Previous Entry to move through the list alphabetically Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls Incoming Calls Speak this command to list the last five incoming calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the incoming call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of incoming calls e Missed Calls Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the missed call will be displayed Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of missed calls Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 57 Outgoing Calls Speak this command to list the last five outgoing calls from the vehicle If the call was to an entry in the phonebook
165. allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual To avoid personal injury do not attempt to activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate gas stays are removed A CAUTION If the power liftgate does not stay open or if the liftgate unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds do not operate the liftgate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the liftgate gas stays Have the liftgate inspected by a NISSAN dealer Do not activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate gas stays are removed Damage to the liftgate or power liftgate mechanisms may occur Liftgate release manual and power The liftgate release mechanism allows the liftgate to be opened in the event of a discharged battery To release the liftgate from the inside of the vehicle perform the following operations 1 Position the rear bench seat forward For additional information refer to Rear bench seat adjustment in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 Insert a suitable tool into the top access opening at about a 45 degree angle and rotate to the left until the lock releases 3 Push the liftgate up to open NOTE If you had to open the liftgate using this procedure have your vehi
166. ally to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop CVT operation is limited to automatic drive mode when CVT fluid temperature is ex tremely low even if manual shift mode is selected This is not a malfunction When CVT fluid warms up manual mode can be selected When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rom than usual This is not a malfunction Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool 5 Press the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release The vehicle may be moved to the desired loca tion Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park posi tion have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the
167. ample during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions in all rows They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra sions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body 1 62 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags a
168. an be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it returns to the previous menu BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button 2 Select Bluetooth 3 Select Add Phone or Device This same screen can be accessed to remove replace or select a different Bluetooth devi
169. an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal push and press the shift lever button and move the shift lever from the P Park position to any of the desired shift positions AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage A CAUTION Use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the
170. and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the rear bench seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0801 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors WRS0802 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child res
171. and adjustments AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Reverse tilt down feature if so equipped The reverse tilt down feature will turn both out side mirror surfaces downward to provide better rear visibility close to the vehicle when the mirror control switch is in either the L or R position The mirrors automatically returns to their original position when you shift out of R Reverse The outside mirror surfaces will return to their original position when one of the following has occurred The shift lever is moved to any position other than R Reverse The outside mirror control switch is set to the neutral or center position The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position NOTE If the outside mirror control switch is in the Center position mirror surface will NOT turn downward when the shift lever is moved to R Reverse For additional information regarding this feature refer to Automatic drive positioner in this sec tion Heated mirrors if so equipped
172. and controls 2 15 Warnings will only display if there are any pres ent For additional information on warnings and indicators refer to Vehicle information display warnings and indicators in this section To control what items display in the vehicle infor mation display refer to Main menu selection in this section SETTINGS The setting mode allows you to change the infor mation displayed in the vehicle information dis play Driver Assistance Customize Display Vehicle Settings Maintenance Clock TPMS Settings Unit Language Key Linked Settings Factory Reset 2 16 Instruments and controls Driver Assistance To change the status warnings or turn on or off any of the systems warnings displayed in the Driver Assistance menu Use the button to select and the OK but ton to change a menu item Driving Aids if so equipped Emergency Brake ON OFF if so equipped Blind Spot ON OFF if so equipped Driver Attention Alert ON OFF if so equipped Timer Alert Low Temperature Alert ON OFF Parking Aids if so equipped Moving Object ON OFF if so equipped Customize Display The Customize Display allows the customer to choose from various meter selections The meter settings can be changed using the andthe OK button Main Menu Selection The items that display can be enabled disabled when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position To change th
173. and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct Say Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an other name from the phonebook 4 58 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Phone Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers For 7 to 10 digit phone number speak the numbers Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number For phone numbers with more dig its or special characters say Special Num ber then speak the digits Up to 24 digits can be entered Available special characters are start pound plus and pause When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number or character Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call The system will display Re dialing lt name number gt The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the num ber being re dialed will be displayed Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call The system will display Calling back lt name number gt The name of the phone book entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the number being called back will be displayed RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected
174. annot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri Ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth Instruments and controls 2 35 HEATED 2ND ROW SEATS if so equipped e When cleaning the seat never use AWARNING e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials Do not use or allow occupants to use the lar matelals seat heater if you or the occupants cannot If any malfunctions are found or the monitor elevated seat temperatures or If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the have an inability to feel pain in body parts heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked that contact the seat Use of the seat switch off and have the system checked
175. ant temperature gauge 2 5 PF el gauges 4 0 ssa ci 6K 6 E n a 2 6 Odometer aoaaa 0000 ee eee 2 4 Speedometer aoaaa 2 4 Tachometer lt a socs taa a 2 5 Trip odometer 6 6 ow he nok aaa ae 2 4 General maintenance 8 2 Glove DOX a s a ke koa ke a e a 2 43 H Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 30 Headlight control switch 2 30 Headlights aao a a 8 27 Head restraints oaa aaa 1 10 Heated seats oaa aoaaa 2 35 2 36 2 37 Heated steering wheel 2 34 Heater Heater and air conditioner automatic if so equipped oaoa 4 26 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 27 Heater operation a saoao aa 4 28 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 26 Hill start assist system aaaea aaa 5 72 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 2 53 2 54 2 54 2 55 Hood release aona a a 3 22 Hook Luggage hook naoa 2 44 OT e a e re ee ack Se eo E 2 34 l Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 10 Immobilizer system 245 2 26 5 14 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In cabin microfilter oaoa aa a 8 19 Increasing fuel economy 5 64 Indicator NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge MACAO snae 4 8 ma a Ae a e e ae 5 13 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 6 e044 h A es 4 aaa 9 7 2 1
176. arranty Infor mation Booklet as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury For 2WD models if your vehicle was Originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving condi tions and cause an accident and per Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself sonal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake disc drum Such interference can lead to
177. ase of emergency 6 11 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 6 12 Incase of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage e Do not push start this vehicle The 3 way catalyst may be damaged IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power det
178. ature is used The vehicle s automatic climate control sys tem will set the cabin temperature appropri ately before the customer unlocks and en ters the vehicle For additional information refer to Remote engine start logic in the Display screen heater air conditioner au dio and phone systems section of this manual Vehicles equipped with heated seats may have this feature come on during a remote start depending on the seat heater switch position For additional information refer to Heated seats in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view Check local regulations for any requirements Other conditions may affect the function of the Remote Engine Start feature For additional infor mation refer to Conditions the remote start will not work in this section Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter For additional in formation refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in this section REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE A CAUTION When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged or other strong radio wave sources are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelli gent Key may not function properly The remote eng
179. aving Mode The vehicle goes into power saving mode when the liftgate is open for a long time approximately 12 hours This is to prevent deterioration of the battery The power saving mode automatically cuts the power supply of the power liftgate door When the power to the liftgate is cut off the manual mode must be performed After the manual mode is performed the power liftgate function Is restored NOTE When a battery voltage is lower than ap proximately 11V the power back door may not operate after automatic return FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle and clarify your rights under your state s lemon law A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any q
180. ay be integrated adjustable or non adjustable 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk s to lock them in a desired adjustment position Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear IS approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position lf the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT REMOVE HEADREST COMPONENTS Use the following procedure to remove the head 1 Removable head restraint headrest restraint headrest 2 Multiple notches 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the 5 iodio highest position A Stalks 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head
181. belt maintenance 1 23 Seat belts 08 4 1 13 7 5 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 22 Three point type with retractor 1 16 Seat belt extenders 04 1 22 Seat belt warning light 1 16 2 11 Seats Adjustment 2000 1 2 ANTTESIS e saae a o a Gee Se Re SE 1 7 Automatic drive positioner 3 35 3 36 3 37 Pront seals e cos oe a a Gh Ga a 1 2 Heated seats aoaaa 2 35 2 36 2 37 Manual front seat adjustment 1 3 Rear seat aoao aa a a 1 6 Security indicator light a aaa aaa 2 13 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 26 5 14 Security systems Vehicle security system 2 25 Self adjusting brakes aoaaa aaa aaa 8 21 Service manual order form 9 29 Servicing air conditioner 4 29 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 22 Spark plug replacement 8 18 Spark plUgS oo ss de eee eo See eee eS 8 18 Specifications aa sa 408 meebo ee a 9 8 Speedometer aoaaa a ee eae 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 51 SRS warning label 1 65 Stability control aoaaa 5 70 Starting Before starting the engine 5 14 Jump starting ow w Ace oe we ewe 6 10 8 17 Precautions when starting and UVC e a a tek ua ee ee a a 5 2 5 8 PUSH Starge e amp ie a ade wm Hosa ew ed 6 12 Starting the engine 5 14 Starting the engine
182. between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the v
183. brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles Starting and driving 5 69 A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at alow speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have
184. cal equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse How to replace the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small flathead screwdriver A into the slit B of the corner and twist it to sepa rate the upper part from the lower part Place a cloth over the screwdriver to protect the casing 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges
185. ce 4 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset 5 The system will display a PIN on the screen and request confirmation that it matches the one on the handset 6 Using the menu control switch on the steer ing wheel select Yes and then press the amp button If the PIN does not match the wrong device may have been selected on the handset NOTE The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the MEDIA button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Use the Preset 3 button for play and the Preset 4 button for pause CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use
186. ced in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Unlocking doors 1 a 3 Carry the Intelligent Key Push the door handle request switch The door on which the request switch was pressed will unlock and the hazard warning lights flash once the outside buzzer sounds once and the front and tail lights will turn on for 30 seconds Push the door handle request switch again within one minute to unlock the remaining doors NOTE If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve hicle Settings all doors will unlock upon first request switch press For power liftgate opening 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Press the power liftgate request switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 NOTE Request switches for all doors and liftgate can be deactivated when the Intelligent Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle information display in the In struments and controls section of this manual If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door
187. cedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the position UNLOCK for more than five seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passen ger s side NOTE The automatic door unlock function can be changed using the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle information display The Selective Unlock choices are e ON e OFF CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intellige
188. ces the sensor s detection When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor s operation within the limitation of the system When the sensor area is covered with dirt or is obstructed the system will auto matically be canceled If the sensor area is Cov ered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor area around the distance sensor regularly The ICC system is designed to maintain a se lected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead The system will decel erate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill However the ICC system can only apply up to 40 of the vehicle s total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradu ally If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly de celerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this oc curs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the
189. ch 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE OW 20 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information
190. cification 00e eee ee TOWING Salely 2 2622 ncduseus se ereeceeuwen dered vs Flat towing for All Wheel drive vehicle if SO equipped 6 eee eee eee eee eens Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle if so equipped c 40ccenvedidivnediwnauedesewen Uniform tire quality grading 2 05 Emission control system warranty Reporting safety defects cece eee eee Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test Event Data Recorders EDR 0cceeeeeues Owner s Manual Service Manual order information RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Ge ee oer For additional information refer to Recommended fuel in this section Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark With oil filter Viscosity SAE OW 20 change 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 8L As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 conventional pe troleum based oil may be used and meet all specifications and requirements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle
191. cked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 12 Instruments and controls INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON For additional infor mation refer to Fog light switch in this section Se Front passenger air bag status CFE light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For additional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual _ High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in
192. cking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see If you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 3 Close all doors hood and trunk liftgate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch if so equipped or mechanical key 4 Confirm that the 2 security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed The vehicle security system will automati cally shift into the armed phase The oP security light begins to flash once every 2 26 Instruments and controls three seconds If during the pre armed phase one of the following occurs the sys tem will not arm Any door is unlocked with the mechanical key the intelligent key or door request switch if so equipped Ignition switch is placed in ACC or ON position Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all the doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When placing the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the system will be re leased Vehicle security system activation The v
193. cle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING The liftgate can be set to open to a specific height by performing the following 1 Open the liftgate using the request switch or the Intelligent Key 2 Pull the liftgate down to the desired position and hold the liftgate the liftgate will have some resistance when being manually ad justed 3 While holding the liftgate in position press and hold the liftgate switch I located on the liftgate for approximately 5 seconds or until two beeps are heard The liftgate will open to the selected position setting To change the position of the liftgate repeat Steps 1 3 for setting the position of the liftgate FUEL FILLER DOOR OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler lid release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler lid pull the release To lock close the fuel filler lid se curely FUEL FILLER CAP AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacem
194. cle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper knee air bag operation 1 63 When the knee air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly The knee air bag helps to cushion the impact force on the knees of the driver It can help reduce serious injuries However an inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions or other inju ries The knee air bag provides restraint to the lower body The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the knee air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against this air bag module during inflation The knee air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for a short time The knee air bag operates only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational A WARNING Do not place any objects between the knee bolster and the driver s seat Such objects may become dangerous projec
195. collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by a NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choki
196. commends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the driver s door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot For additional information refer to Doors in this section Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me chanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedure be low 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you For additional information refer to Storage in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following m
197. conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 Apps button Press the Apps button to launch the Smartphone Integration Mode For additional information re fer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section regarding this feature For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation in this section regarding connecting your phone FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL volume power control knob button is pressed on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is act
198. cupant Classification Sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air 1 57 bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section for proper use and in stallation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the front passenger air bag is designed not to inflate ina crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the Occupant Classification Sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the front passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated indi cating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small
199. d If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straint and Booster seats sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear bench seats or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRSO0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint he
200. d 2 this device must accept any l a S Some cellular phones or other devices may interference including interference that may 7 Your vehicle iS Aan Area where It Is cause interference or a buzzing noise to cause undesired operation of the device difficult to receive a cellular signal such come from the audio system speakers Stor _ as in a tunnel in an underground parking ing the device in a different location may Pa Class ae eel e a garage near a tall building or in a moun reduce or eliminate the noise E he A been er tainous area B Causing Equipment Regulations For additional information refer to the cellu Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it lar phone Owner s Manual regarding the BLUETOOTH is a from being dialed telephone charges cellular phone antenna trademark owned by a and body etc When the radio wave condition is not ideal Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc or ambient sound is too loud it may be REGULATORY INFORMATION and licensed to ee hear the other person s voice dur FCC Regulatory information Visteon CAUTION To maintain compliance with USING THE SYSTEM Bene RE ORE guae mes use only the The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the avah daa hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands In vehicle phone module to prevent tone modification or attachments
201. d be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the eng
202. d controls Maintenance The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals To change an item 1 Push the gt or 4 button to toggle through the menu items and select Set tings and press OK 2 Select Maintenance using the y but ton and press OK Oil and Filter This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for changing the engine oil and filter You can set or reset the distance for check ing or replacing these items For scheduled main tenance items and intervals see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Tire This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires AWARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks includ ing tire pressure checks For additional information refer to Changing wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Many fac tors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be re placed Setting the tire replacement indi cator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire fai
203. d for proper seat belt operation e Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Stowing the rear center seat belt e If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle 2 Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor base first 3 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 3 AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental
204. d the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision Radio frequency statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment Applicable law Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Frequency of operation 24 05GHz 24 25GHz Output power less than 20 milliwatts CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL e AA W N RES switch SET switch ON OFF switch CANCEL switch If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The CRUISE indica tor light in the vehicle information display then blinks to warn the driver If the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The CRUISE indicator light may blink when the cruise control swi
205. d traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Starting and driving 5 7 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire For additional information refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual 5 8 Starting and driving DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are i
206. dditional information refer to Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Tire Pressure Low Add Air This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of all four tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section of this manual Flat Tire Visit Dealer if so equipped This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and one or more flat tires are detected while driving A chime also sounds for approximately 10 seconds Instruments and controls 2 23 Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if low oil pressure is detected This gauge is not designed to indicate low oil level The low oil pressure warning is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional information refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual All Wheel Drive AWD Error See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning appears when the all whe
207. de where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time Driver supplemental knee air bag This system can help cushion the impact force to the driver s knees in certain collisions The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front pas senger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers For additional information refer to Seat belts in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light i
208. decreased braking effi ciency and or early brake pad shoe wear For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Always use tires of the same type size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference be tween tires on the front and rear axles which can cause the VDC system to mal function resulting in personal injury or death excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears
209. ded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury use the engine block heater Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least two to four hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on 6 Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 2 00 0000 6 2 PUSH Stain ee ceea A Ei 6 12 Emergency engine shut off 0c cece eae 6 2 If your vehicle overheats snuassnnnn nnna nnna 6 12 EA Ut P E E E E E E E O E T 6 3 Towing your vehicle sckewneenmecteawsansawhews 6 13 Tire Pressu
210. dical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 For additional information refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and con trols section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e
211. dictive Forward Collision Warning sys tem operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH 5 km h If there is a potential risk of a forward collision the Predictive Forward Collision Warning system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator and sounding a warning tone Starting and driving 5 49 Precautions on the Predictive Forward Collision Warning system AWARNING The Predictive Forward Collision Warn ing system helps warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The radar sensor does not detect the following objects 5 50 Starting and driving Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles Crossing vehicles AWARNING The Predictive Forward Collision Warn ing system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle such as a motorcycle The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicle ahead in the following conditions Snow or heavy rain Dirt ice snow or other material cov ering the radar sensor Interference by other radar sources Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles Driving in a tunnel Starting and driving 5 51 5 52 Starting and driving AWARNING The radar sensor may not detect a sec ond vehicle when the vehicle ahead is being towed
212. driver s door is closed and the ignition switch is pushed For additional information refer to Automatic drive positioner in this section SUN VISORS To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To extend the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION e Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position e Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 MIRRORS VANITY MIRRORS CARD HOLDER REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor Do not view information while operating the ve Use the night position to reduce glare from down and flip open the mirror cover The vanity __hicle the headlights of vehicles behind you at night mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is Use the day position when driving in daylight open p hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is
213. driving This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body This transmitter must not be co located or oper ating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device must not cause interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra dio exempts de licence Lexploitation est autori s e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 Vappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 Vutilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped 15t vehicle 2nd vehicle The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys tem can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the traveling same lane SYSTEM OPERATION The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys tem uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to a sec ond vehicle ahead in the traveling lane The Pre
214. e P Park position and turn the engine off Clean the radar cover on lower grille with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the warning light contin ues to illuminate have the Predictive Forward Collision Warning system checked by an NISSAN dealer 5 54 Starting and driving System malfunction System malfunction If the Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys tem malfunctions it will be turned off automati cally a chime will sound the Forward Emergency Braking system warning light orange will illumi nate Action to take If the warning light orange illuminates stop the vehicle in a safe location and place the shift lever in the P Park position Turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the predictive forward collision warning system checked by an NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Sensor Main tenance in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC System full speed range if so equipped sec tion of this manual Radar certificate FCC Notice For USA User Manual statement according to 15 19 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation User Manual statement according to 15 21 Chang
215. e driver s lack of attention or fatigue in every situation It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane be in control of the vehicle at all times avoid driving when tired avoid distractions texting etc Failure to do so could cause you to lose control of the vehicle resulting in a seri ous accident personal injury or death Driver Attention Alert system helps alert the driver if the system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue Starting and driving 5 59 The system monitors driving style and steering behavior over a period of time and it detects changes from the normal pattern If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of time the system uses an audible and visual warning to suggest that the driver take a break 5 60 Starting and driving Driver Attention Alert econo Take a Break DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT OPERATION If the system detects that driver fatigue or that driver attention is decreasing the message Take a break appears in the vehicle information dis play and a chime sounds when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 37 MPH 60 km h The system continuously monitors driver atten tion and can provide multiple warnings per trip The system resets and starts reassessing driving style and steering behavior when the ignition switch is cycled from on to off and bac
216. e that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed
217. e an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS if so equipped AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision injury or death e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information refer to a NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid Refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat bracket hooks two passenger s side front floor mat bracket hooks and two rear floor mat bracket hooks to help keep yo
218. e available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Trailer frontal area A CAUTION Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage 9 20 Technical and consumer information The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis tance while towing Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the Towing Load Specification chart The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width of the trailer by the height of the trailer For example a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has
219. e by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when
220. e chains P 8 36 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 30 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 30 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents iY oe ee 8 Antenna P 4 29 Rear window wiper and washer switch P 2 29 Liftgate release P 3 22 Rearview camera P 4 2 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Fuel filler door P 3 27 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 27 P 9 2 Child safety rear door lock P 3 4 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SS O S oe 9 Glove box P 2 40 Console box P 2 40 Map lights P 2 51 Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 48 Luggage hooks P 2 40 Center armrest rear seats P 1 2 Sun visors P 3 31 Seats P 1 2 Cup holders P 2 40 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 232221 20 19 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 16 1514 13 Vent P 4 25 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 30 Supplemental front impact air bag P 1 46 Meters gauges warning indicator lights and Vehicle Information Display P 2 3 P 2 7 P 2 14 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer
221. e could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 16 Technical and consumer information Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individ
222. e emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel
223. e engine s4 i lt osencecKsauea eke ee eeaew as 5 14 Remote start if so equipped 0 ee eee 5 15 Driving the vehicle cicceeesceeudacesotuensee cece easy 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 PalkinG Drake 0 a2qaubensca we esenustnueaseew eats 5 20 Blind Spot Warning BSW System U So egued lt 2ac nascrendencesanesenseserenus Blind spot warning BSW system BSW system operation ccc cee eee ees BSW system precautions cece eee es BSW driving situations 0000 eee Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA system fso eg pped lt camasss ceeeteceeenansscunesoeawus RCTA system operation 0 00 cece eee ees RCTA system precautions 00 c eee eee Radar maintenance cece eee eee Cruse CONUOl es cuvesetu aa euneetedeksaeekeee sews Precautions on cruise control Cruise control operationS 0 cece eee eee Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system full speed range if so equipped 0 0 6s ICC system precautiOnS 0 0 0 cece eee eee OG Cpe AON riren er EEEE eres Predictive Forward Collision Warning system if SO CQUID DEG 2c weweiod userei Borneeedaedeeete hes System operation o c doteacue de taney dtece cscs Forward Emergency Braking system if so equipped ccemeeweaeccntumaesesaeeenesmasnd System operation cicvusentecivorendegeeeeneuws Driver Attention Alert if so equipped
224. e forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Starting and driving 5 67 POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy If the steering wheel operation is still per formed the power steering may st
225. e front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instru ment panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the sys tem may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section for in formation about installing and using child restraints Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as de scribed in this section please take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant classification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag Is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box T
226. e incorrect message is dis played while you are driving pull off the road in a safe area with the engine idling Check that all tire sizes are the same that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn If a warning message continues to be displayed after the above operations have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicl
227. e installed on the front grille the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate Do not put anything on the cameras When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cameras Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the cameras They are precision instruments Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock A CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera AVAILABLE VIEWS AWARNING The distance guide lines and the vehicle width lines should be used as a refer ence only when the vehicle is on a paved level surface The distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects The distance between objects viewed in the rearview differs from actual dis tance because a wide angle lens is used Use the displayed lines and the bird s eye view as a reference The lines and the bird s eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road condition and road grade If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course lines and the bird s eye view may be dis played incorrectly 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When dr
228. e is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Turn the CRUISE ON OFF switch off The ICC indicators will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RES ACCELERATE switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada Push then quickly release the RES ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada Starting and driving 5 43 To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by ap proximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you
229. e items that display Use the button to select and the OK but ton to change a menu item Home Audio Navigation Drive computer Fuel Economy Driving Aids Tire Pressures Car Icon Color The color of the vehicle that displays in the ve hicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position can be changed ECO Info Settings The following information can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle infor mation display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion From the Customize Display select ECO Info Settings to display the information when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position ECO Drive Report select On or Off to display the information when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position View History select to display the vehicle s information history Navigation if so equipped This setting allows the customer to enable disable the alert for navigation in the ve hicle information display 1 Use the 2 Press the OK button to turn ON OFF the alert 3 Press the OK button to change the View Mode between City and Arrow Welcome Effects The welcome screen display can be adjusted when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Press the gt or 4 button to toggle through the menu options Press the OK button to turn ON OFF the following Gauges buttons to sel
230. e operated manually To open the liftgate manually press the liftgate opener switch and lift the liftgate To close lower and push the liftgate down se curely Auto Power Back Door System Battery Power Saving Mode The vehicle goes into power saving mode when the liftgate is open for a long time approximately 12 hours This is to prevent deterioration of the battery The power saving mode automatically cuts the power supply of the power liftgate door When the power to the liftgate is cut off the manual mode must be performed After the manual mode is performed the power liftgate function is restored NOTE When a battery voltage is lower than ap proximately 11V the power back door may not operate after automatic return Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 POWER LIFTGATE MAIN SWITCH The power liftgate operation can be turned on or off by the power liftgate main switch in the glove box When the power liftgate main switch is pushed to the OFF position the power operation is not available by the power liftgate switch on the liftgate close switch or liftgate open switch or Power operation is available when in the OFF position by the instrument panel switch and the key fob button 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments LIFTGATE RELEASE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could
231. e seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted
232. e service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensur
233. e stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used e Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors Make sure that the liftgate is securely close when backing up e Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line
234. e the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consum
235. e way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road an
236. ead the Forward Emer gency Braking system is automatically turned off The Forward Emergency Braking system warning light orange will illuminate Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the Forward Emergency Braking system will resume automatically Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it im possible to detect a vehicle ahead the Forward Emergency Braking system is automatically turned off The system warning light orange will illuminate and the front radar obstruction warn ing message will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on park the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is blocked If the sensor window is blocked remove the block ing material Restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the ICC system checked by a NISSAN dealer System malfunction If the Forward Emergency Braking system mal functions it will be turned off automatically a chime will sound the Forward Emergency Brak ing system warning light orange will illuminate and the warning message Malfunction will ap pear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on park the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the Forward Emergency Brak
237. eater air conditioner audio and phone systems phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatic ally to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device op eration You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free For additional information refer to Trouble IC Regulatory information phone under the following conditions shooting guide in this section if the hands Opetation is subject aie tollowngiwo tan ae free phone system seems to be malfunction ain l l Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser ing ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer vice area l ence an
238. ect App on their smartphone The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applications Once downloaded the user can access their selected smartphone applications through the vehicle in terface For additional information on application availability visit www nissanusa com connect or www canada nissanconnect com 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode is highly recommended Exercise extreme cau tion at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do n
239. ect Navigation Animation Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings allows the customer to change settings for interior lights turn signals intelligent key settings unlock settings and other vehicle settings The vehicle settings can be changed using the 4 P gt v andthe OK buttons Lighting Select the Lighting menu option to adjust the following Accent Lighting Light Sensitivity The light sensitivity can be set to illuminate earlier based on the bright ness outside the vehicle Press OK to change the sensitivity timing Light Off Delay The duration of the auto matic headlights can be changed from O to 180 seconds Press OK to change the du ration Turn Indicator The 3 flash pass can be set to be ON or OFF From the Turn Indicator menu select 3 Flash Pass Use the OK button to turn this feature ON or OFF Exterior Door Switches When this item is turned on the request switches on the doors are activated From the Vehicle Settings menu select Ext Door Switch Use the OK button to toggle between on and off When ON is highlighted Ext Door Switch is turned on When ON is greyed out this item is turned off l Key Door Unlock if so equipped When this item is turned on the request switch on the doors is activated From the Vehicle Set tings menu select I Key Door Unlock Use the OK button to activate this function Answer Back Horn if so equipped Whe
240. ect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your ve
241. ed 1 cece cece cee nrnna 4 49 iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped cece eee ees 4 44 Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation SYSIEM lt sc8essucwdeanccawervecaas s 4 46 CD care and cleaning 2 02 eeee eee 4 47 Steering wheel switch for audio control 4 48 NissanConnect Mobile Apps 2 000000 4 49 Registering NissanConnect Mobile Apps 4 49 Connect PRONE a cucntandwateacreeennteeeenuas 4 50 Application DOWNOAC ecssetwageredeegadocee 4 50 Car phone OF CB Tadi0s 6 waaw0s dc acd ananena 4 50 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System if so equipped 5 4 51 Regulatory Information 00 0 eee e eee 4 53 Using the SYSIOM oe dv ee csaucsackeecereewageeans 4 53 Control buttons onsc5 diode ciewceensetuehere cans 4 55 Connecting procedure 0 cece ee ees 4 55 Voice commandS lt c dunes gageaesmcemeees wesene 4 57 Making Calls nceseeneg ence ane cecenseee cates 4 58 ReECeCIVING a Call 2 casenscunse ee getoevGascaxeees 4 59 DUNG Cdlbcect wes cideaecetevereeneseetesces 4 59 Ending a Calera rrisin edads se Ee EEEIEE 4 59 Text messaging if so equipped 05 4 59 Bluetooth settings cv e200 dmsee sax doeeae eeees 4 61 Manual control a 55 c lt dcc 62 on 0dcha ooewed seid 4 62 REARVIEW MONITOR WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING Posit
242. ed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key left reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position with the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle Make sure the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key Lock in Prevention The Intelligent Key buzzer sounds if the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when the doors are closed and locked When the buzzer sounds be sure to take the Intelligent key with you when leaving the vehicle For additional information refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display is located to the left of the speedometer It displays such items as Vehicle settings Trip computer information Drive system warnings and settings Forward Emergency Braking system if so equipped Predictive Forward Collision warning system if so equipped Blind Spot Warning system if so equipped Rear cross traffic alert system
243. ed chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled Instruments and controls 2 45 Window lock button Power door lock switch Driver side automatic switch Front passenger side switch Left rear passenger side switch Right rear passenger side switch POS ee 2 46 Instruments and controls Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold down until the de sired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold up until the desired window position is reached Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window partially push the switch down lightly until the desired window position is reached To close the window partially pull the switch up until the desired wi
244. edictive course lines while in the P Park D Drive or N Neutral positions 1 Press the CAMERA button 2 Touch the Predictive Course Lines key to turn the feature ON or OFF To toggle ON and OFF the predictive course lines while in the R Reverse position 1 Touch the touch screen display 2 Touch the Predictive Course Lines key to turn the feature ON or OFF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance
245. eed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling Starting and driving 5 63 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Keep your engine tuned up If any malfunction occurs in the All Wheel Drive AWD system while the engine is running mes Park your vehicle in a covered parking Follow the recommended scheduled main sages are displayed in the meter area or in the shade whenever possible tenance When entering a hot vehicle opening the Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres windows will help to reduce the inside sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear temperature faster resulting in reduced and lowers fuel economy demand on your A C system Keep all the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oll For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual 5 64 Starting and driving AWD AWD Error See Owner s Manual If the AWD error warning mes
246. eel Drive AWD High Temp Stop Vehicle if so equipped 2 22 Instruments and controls 18 All Wheel Drive AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual if so equipped 19 Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery 20 Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse 21 Power will turn off to save the battery 22 Power turned off to save the battery 23 Reminder Turn OFF headlights 24 Alarm Time for a break 25 Driver Attention Alert Take a Break 26 Driver Attention Alert Malfunction 27 Low Outside Temperature 28 Cruise indicators 29 Transmission Shift Position Indicator 30 CVT Error See Owner s Manual 31 BSW RCTA system malfunction See Own er s Manual if so equipped 32 FEB PFCW system malfunction See Own er s Manual if so equipped 33 ICC system On indicator if so equipped Engine start operation This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed You can start the engine from any position of the ignition switch No Key Detected This warning appears when the Intelligent Key is left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position Make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle For additional information about the Intelligent Key refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Sh
247. eering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead posi tion The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 mph 10 km h NOTE When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 de grees or less from the straight ahead posi tion both the right and left predictive course lines are displayed When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more a line is displayed only on the oppo site side of the turn Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 Bird s eye view The bird s eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle po sition and the predicted course to a parking space The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle Note that the distance between objects viewed in the bird s eye view may differ some what from the actual vehicle The areas that the cameras cannot cover are indicated in black The non viewable area is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the bird s eye view is displayed It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The driver can check the direction and angle of the tire on the display by the tire icon 3 when driving the vehicle forward or backward Predict
248. ehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h 9 24 Technical and consumer information Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehic
249. ehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated For additional information refer to the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which shoul
250. ehicle information display For additional information and an explanation of the warning or indicator refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 HOOD 1 Pullthe hood lock release handle 1 located below the driver side instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFTGATE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle Refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Always be sure that hands a
251. ehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently but synchronously The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by opening any door or hood without using the key or Intelligent Key even if the door is un locked by releasing the door inside lock knob How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking a door or the trunk liftgate with the mechanical key pressing the button onthe Intelligent Key or press ing the request switch on the driver s or passen ger s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key Never leave these keys in the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt
252. el drive system is not functioning properly while the en gine is running All Wheel Drive AWD High Temp Stop Vehicle if so equipped This warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature The driving mode may change to 2 Wheel Drive 2WD If this warning is displayed stop the vehicle with the engine idling as soon as it is safe to do so Then if the warning turns off you can continue driving 2 24 Instruments and controls All Wheel Drive AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning may appear if there is a large differ ence between the diameters of the front and rear wheels Pull off the road in a safe area with the engine idling Check that all the tire sizes are the same that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery This warning appears when the battery is low and needs to be charged Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse This warning may appear if the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in switched on When this warning appears push in switch on the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the warning For additional information refer to Fuses in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Power will turn off to save the battery This message appears in the vehicle information display after a period of time if the ignition switch is
253. elt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint not both at the same time fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LRS2594 LATCH system lower anchor locations bench seat LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this s
254. elts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can
255. em lf you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the ws button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the ws button and after the beep say Call Redial CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel oy PHONE SEND Press the uf button to initiate a VR session or answer an incom ing call lt gt You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For additional information refer to Voice commands and During a call in this section PHONE END While the voice recognition sys tem is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time Tuning switch While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade CONNECTING PROCE
256. emory position is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory position will be overwritten by the new stored position Confirming memory storage Push the SET switch lf a memory position has not been stored in the switch 1 or 2 the indicator light for the respective switch will come ON for approxi mately 0 5 seconds lf amemory position has been stored in the switch 1 or 2 then the indicator light for the respective switch will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments Linking an Intelligent Key to the meter display if so equipped Each Intelligent Key up to a maximum of four can be linked to the meter display 1 Make sure to turn ON the Key Link Set tings in the meter to enable the system for desired Intelligent Key 2 When the system is enabled the recognized Intelligent Key is displayed at start up as well as within Key Link Settings 3 When the system is active the meter setting items are memorized for each Intelligent Key that has been enabled in the system 4 The auto drive positioner system is memo rized automatically when the ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF by the Intelligent Key with no need to set separate buttons for recalling and memorizing positions 5 If two Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle the system will recognize the Intelligent Key that was used most recently such as to unlock lock the door 6 If there i
257. en ger s seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between door and cushion If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait one minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still on after this the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 Ifthe light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat Occupant Is a small adult the air bag light is functioning as intended The front passen ger air bag is suppressed 1 99 However if the occupant is not a small adult then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors Occupant is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with feet comfortably extended to the floor A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger s seat The front seat or seatback is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passen ger s seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door If the
258. en if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facil ity personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle move ment which could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN vehicle has a higher cen ter of gravity than a passenger car The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as passenger Cars 5 10 Starting and driving Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the front wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water For additional information refer to Brake system in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off
259. ent It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For additional information re fer to the Recommended fuel in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pears may cause the 1 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illu
260. ent than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Turn off the engine To drive away 1 Start the vehicle 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal 3 Shift the transmission into gear 4 Release the parking brake Technical and consumer information 9 23 Drive slowly until the v
261. entify the tire in case of a reposition the gauge to eliminate this Spare Tire recall leakage T165 90D18 60 PSI 420 kPa 3 Remove the gauge 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 P215 65R15 95H R t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 2 t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT XX t t 1 2 XX t t 3 XXX 4 LDI2786 Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identifica
262. eople or animals Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually For additional information about adjusting the seats refer to the steps outlined in this section Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to al
263. eplace Phone Select to replace a phone from the displayed list When a selection is made the system will ask to confirm before proceeding The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phone s phonebook is the same as the old phone s phonebook Select Phone Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list Phonebook Download Select to turn on or off the automatic down load of a connected phone s phonebook Show Incoming Calls Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in formation display Select Both to have in coming Call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Message if so equipped Select to turn on or off the vehicle s text messaging feature New Text Sound if so equipped Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when anew text is received by a phone connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted Show Incoming Text if so equipped Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle infor mation display Select Both to have incom ing text messages displayed in both the ve hicle information display and the center display screen Select None to have no display of incoming text messages
264. equest switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear liftgate opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When any door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed a chime will sound and the lock will automatically unlock NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is pla
265. er If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the fol lowing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink step 1 in this sec tion 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto Instruments and controls 2 53 matically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates suc cessful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRA
266. er information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Recommended fuel 22002e ee eee eee 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations cs dwd2 4c8542enb veeeeneensease 9 7 Soo ee E E EE 9 8 ES E EE E E E E 9 8 Wheels and tires ccscnsentenseenegerewenseudeaes 9 9 Dimensions and weights sasssa aana 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY acvecesceccedsey sev eenecstenvease 9 10 Vehicle identification 0022 cee eee eee 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 00sec eee eee eee e eee 9 10 Engine serial number 2 020005 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate 9 12 Vehicle loading information 2 22 05 OMG 2a p2kdsGeehsed T E T ane aee as Vehicle load capacity sincwes eueccnceeses depedes Securing the load si aenctsecesivoeueesees ede cas LOGGING MOS ic Sowencvdedete ceeee eee EEE Measurement of weights 0 55 TOWING a Walle si sserass cee ceedhene eave needs eects Maximum load limits 25 2406 eek esteuwennewe kanes Towing load spe
267. er up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch to signal a lane change Hold the lever until the lane change is completed Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch and release the lever The turn signal will automatically flash three times Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions Instruments and controls 2 33 FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the 0 posi tion To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected 2 34 instruments and controls HORN To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag syste
268. ervice Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist yOu Technical and consumer information 9 29 MEMO 9 30 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A Air bag See supplemental restraint system bd 4 bk de kK ew wwe eS 1 46 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 2 ee a 1 54 Air bag warning labels 1 65 Air bag warning light 1 66 2 11 Air bag warning light supplemental 1 66 2 11 Air cleaner housing filter 8 18 Air conditioner Air conditioner service 4 29 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner sy
269. es or modifications made to this equip ment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC authorization to oper ate this equipment User Manual statement according to 15 105 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protec tion against harmful interference when the equip ment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio commu nications Operation of this equipment in a resi dential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense RF Exposure Information according 2 1091 2 1093 OET bulletin 65 Radio frequency radiation exposure Information This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body This transmitter must not be co located or oper ating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two condition
270. ethods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LOCKING WITH KEY LPD2129 Driver s side Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the rear ORS a Ze w lt LPD0461 Driver s side Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again 4 within 45 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windo
271. ew or rear view Press the CAMERA button to switch between the available views If the shift lever is not in the R Reverse position the available views are Front view bird s eye view split screen Front view front side view split screen If the shift lever is in the R Reverse position the available views are Rear view bird s eye view split screen Rear view front side view split screen The display will switch from the Around View Monitor screen when When the shift lever is in the D Drive posi tion and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 mph 10 km h When a different screen is selected MOVING OBJECT DETECTION MOD The Moving Object Detection MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects behind the vehicle when backing out of garages maneuver ing in parking lots and in other such instances The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display The MOD system operates in the following con ditions when the camera view is displayed 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When the shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position and the vehicle is stopped the moving object detection system detects the moving objects in the bird s eye view The MOD system will not operate if the outside mirrors are moving in or out or if either door is opened When the shift lever i
272. extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark environment This is not a malfunction 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam era the RearView Monitor may not display object clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water REARVIEW MONITOR WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING 1 Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use of the Rear View Monitor could result in serious injury or death
273. f The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information dis play goes out Starting and driving 5 33 The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RES or SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET switch Push and hold the RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch Push and release the RES switch Each time you do this the set speed increases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the SET switch and release it Push and hold the SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed 5 34 Starting and driving Push and release the SET switch Each time you do this the set speed decreases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES switch The vehicle returns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h To turn off the cruise control use one of the fo
274. fication label is affixed to Loading Information Label The label islocatedas the underside of the hood as shown shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight ratin
275. from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the brake fluid is below the MIN line the brake warning light will illuminate Add brake fluid up to the MAX line For additional information on brake fluid type refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and ca pacities in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual If the brake fluid must be added frequently the brake system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer ant
276. fter fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat b
277. g The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration 9 14 Technical and consumer information Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue Weight t A oo 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30lbx2 60lb 300lb 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage tr ECD 150 Ib
278. g the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Replacing the LED headlight bulb if so equipped If LED headlight bulb replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope Use the same number and wat
279. g Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer retailer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or reputable trailer retailer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a flat 4 pin connect
280. g any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information on the location of the engine coolant reservoir refer to Engine com partment check locations in this section CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 mi
281. g caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is Closing the window will be immediately low ered Instruments and controls 2 47 POWER MOONROOF if so equipped The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The moon roof is operational for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC if so equipped or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof Type A if so equipped To fully open or close the moonroof push the switch to the open 4 or close 2 position and release it it need not be held The roof will 2 48 Instruments and controls automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Sliding the moonroof Type B if so equipped To open the moonroof push the switch to the open 1 position and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open and stop slightly before the fully open position to reduce wind noise Press the switch again to fully open the moon roof To close the moonroof push the switch to the position and release it The roof will automatically close all the way To stop the moonroof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then
282. g rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Starting and driving 5 73 e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower 5 74 Starting and driving To 1 2 AWARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungroun
283. g the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it diffi cult to keep a proper distance be tween vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration Interference by other radar sources Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Con trol system if you are towing a trailer The system may not detect a vehicle ahead In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Al ways Stay alert and avoid using the ICC system where not recommended in this warning section ICC OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the ve hicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following distance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The Intelligent Cruise Control uses a sensor located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflection from the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles redu
284. ght illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON position the power steering warning light illuminates After starting the engine the power steering warning light turns off This indicates that the power steer ing system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine Is run ning it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Power steering in the Starting and driving section of this manual Hi Seat belt warning light and r i chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the fron
285. he ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by control ling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and se lected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off Ifa vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is In operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 MPH 24 km h the system will be canceled When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indi cator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicl
286. he OK but ton NOTE The RCTA system is integrated into the BSW system There is not a separate selec tion in the vehicle information display for the RCTA system When the BSW is dis abled the RCTA system is also disabled Temporarily not available When radar blockage is detected the system will be deactivated automatically The Side Radar Obstruction warning message will appear and the blind spot indicator white will blink in the vehicle information display The systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the system will resume automatically Malfunction When the system malfunctions it will turn off automatically The system malfunction warning message with the blind spot indicator orange will appear in the vehicle information display If the BSW system fails the RCTA system will also fail Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location place the vehicle in the P Park position turn the engine off and restart the engine If the message continues to appear have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer BSW SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS AWARNING The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW
287. he front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor and the Air bag Control Unit ACU Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the Occupant Classification Sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensor only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned off under 1 55 some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper per formance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or a NISSAN
288. he switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary Starting and driving 5 19 AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary 5 20 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident LSD0158 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out BLIND S
289. heit For additional information refer to Temperature in this section Cruise indicators This indicator shows the cruise control system status When cruise control is activated a green circle will illuminate to indicate it is set The vehicle information display will also display the speed the cruise control was set at If you accelerate past the set speed the speed will blink until you either cancel cruise control or go back to the set speed If cruise control is on and cancelled the speed will be displayed to show the speed the vehicle will return to if the resume button his activated Transmission Shift Position Indicator This indicator shows the transmission shift posi tion CVT Error See Owner s Manual This warning illuminates when the there is a prob lem with the CVT system If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer BSW RCTA System Malfunction See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning appears when the Blind Spot Warning Rear Cross Traffic Alert systems are not functioning properly For additional information refer to Blind Spot Warning system and Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA system in the Start ing and driving section of this manual FEB PFCW System Malfunction See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning appears when the Forward Emer gency Braking Predictive Forward Collision warning systems are not functioning properly For addi
290. her strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack CENTER SEATING POSITION 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the back side of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle follow the instructions out lined in this section P
291. hicle all jurisdictional and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are gen erally familiar with the applicable laws and proce dures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the ser vice operator carefully read the following precau tions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 13 For additional information about towing your front wheel drive vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle in the Technical and Consumer Informa tion section of this manual For additional information about towing your all wheel drive vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing for all wheel drive vehicle in the Technical and Consumer Informa tion section of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends
292. hicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Panoramic sunshade The panoramic sunshade operates when the ig nition switch is in the ON position When opening or closing the sunshade the switch need not be held To open the sunshade To fully open the sunshade push the switch Q toward the open position To close the sunshade To fully close the sunshade push the switch 2 toward the close position AWARNING e To avoid personal injury keep your hands fingers and head away from the sunshade arm the arm rail and sun shade inlet port Do not allow children near the rear sun shade system They could be injured e Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it e Do not pull or push the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it A CAUTION Do not place objects such as newspa pers handkerchiefs etc on the sun shade inlet port Doing so may entangle these objects in the sunshade when it is extending or retracting causing im proper operation or damage to the sunshade
293. hild re and follow the instructions in this manual and straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed us ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision anchor attachments those supplied with the child restraint LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 LRS2596 Rear bench seat Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions Rear bench seat on the back side of the seatback in the seating positions shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety
294. hing the door to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli handle request switch within the range of opera gent Key is outside the vehicle tion After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Locking doors 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all doors Push any door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you All doors and the rear liftgate will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice the 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments outside buzzer sounds twice and the front and tail lights will turn on for 10 seconds NOTE Request switches for all doors and lift gate can be deactivated when the Intel ligent Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Ve hicle information display in the In struments and controls section of this manual Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door Is open Doors do not lock with the door handle r
295. his model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of print ing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi cations performance design or component sup pliers without notice and without obligation From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision up dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information re garding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious pe
296. hose who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 10 Instruments and controls If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury or death Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be in dicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Con tact a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos sible for tire
297. hout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the low tire pres sure warning system For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Always use tires of the same type size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference be tween tires on the front and rear axles which can cause the VDC system to mal function resulting
298. ic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather if so equipped surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather if so equipped Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you us
299. icle is in the detection zone the Blind Spot Warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind Spot Warning indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when another ve hicle is detected AWARNING The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When backing out of parking space always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move Never rely solely on the RCTA system Starting and driving 5 27 RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space When the shift position is in R Reverse and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH 8 km h the RCTA system is operational 5 28 Starting and driving The RCTA system uses radar sensors Q in stalled on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle The radar sensors 4 detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft 20 m away If the radar detects a vehicle approaching from the side the system gives visual and audible warnings How to enable disable the RCTA system Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in
300. if so equipped Cruise control system information Intelligent Cruise Control system information if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key operation informa tion Indicators and warnings Tire Pressure information The display will be interrupted when a text mes sage is received and can be operated via steer ing wheel mounted switch models with Naviga tion HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can be changed using the buttons and OK located on the steering wheel 1 OK change or select an item in the vehicle information display 2 4 PB go back or forward through the vehicle information menu items or to change from one display screen to the next i e trip TPMS Fuel economy A F 3 v scroll up or down the vehicle infor mation menu items The OK 4 gt and buttons also control audio and control panel functions For additional information refer to Steering wheel switch for audio control in Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section of this manual STARTUP DISPLAY When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC position the screens that display in the vehicle information display include Active system status if so equipped Trip computer Tire pressure information Fuel economy Warnings Outside air temperature Odometer Twin Trip Odometer Audio Navigation Settings Instruments
301. ifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic
302. ift to Park This warning illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is not in P Park position Also a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position If this warning illuminates move the shift lever to the P Park position or start the engine Key Battery Low This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one For additional information refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system if I Key battery level is low This indicator appears when the battery of the Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key system and the vehicle are not communicating normally If this appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section of this manual Key ID Incorrect This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent Key is not recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual
303. igent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key a NISSAN dealer can duplicate it A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 60 C 140 F e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN re
304. igh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed onascale including passengers cargo and hitch 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 7 250 lb 3 289 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 15 100 Ib 6 849 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 9 100 Ib 4 128 kg 7 250 lb 3 289 kg 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg GVWR GVW 900 Ib 409 kg Available for tongue weight 15 100 Ib 6 849 kg GCWR 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg GVW 9 123 Ib 4 138 kg Capacity available for towing 900 Ib 409 kg Available tongue weight 8 750 Ib 3 969 kg Available capacity 10 tongue weight Technical and consumer information 9 19 Th
305. ignal switch 24 0002 a Ge ye oa 2 33 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC ke be whe he kes Cee een 2 38 Wiper and washer switch 2 27 T Tachometer 00 000 ee eee 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 00 2 26 5 14 Three way catalyst 6 ee 5 2 Tire PIAA eee c ok se Gee aed le ey Se ke Be 6 3 Spare tiles kaa eae aS nw in amp au 6 5 8 39 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire CHAINS a s e os om ia a a we 8 36 Tire PICSSUIGs sa tt a iara t ewe Oa A 8 29 Tite POraulOns 2 aaa eane o Se Weare wa 8 37 Types of tires 0 02004 8 35 Uniform tire quality grading 9 26 Wheels and tires 8 29 Wheel tire size 1 2 02000 9 9 Tire pressure s oe wee ee we om we 8 29 Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 29 Towing Flat towing ico eee a wk he oo we eb 9 25 Towing load specification 9 20 TOW truck towing oa ae sp ke he Ge ened wm 6 13 Trailer towing o e aars oo a ee oe a 9 17 Towing a trailer o aaa oe 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 2 53 2 54 2 54 2 55 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT HONG o aches oe a a a e a aa ee 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT aoaaa a
306. ild restraints 1 25 1 32 1 39 1 43 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 30 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 29 Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Chimes audible reminders 2 14 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Clock setting models without Navigation System 4 39 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 73 Compact disc CD player 4 41 Connect phone 2 0008 4 50 Console DOX ca s wae dG 4 ew Ow DH 2 43 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT WU sae oe ae oe ee ee eS oe ee eo 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Controls Heater and air conditioner controls 4 27 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 4 4 aw ad be wad 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection 06 7 5 Cruise control a o s iad Bow tS Ge te DB ae a 5 33 CUP holders asos bd wie ke Om AH QO we 2 41 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 32 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC o a goa Gl kb Se Gok we ek ew 2 30 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 33 DOORIGEKS 2 rora 05 4 eu
307. ile filling the window washer reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir Do not use the window washer reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 27 If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper 2 28 Instruments and controls SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed C Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or away 8 Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Lift the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear windo
308. ine is Off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or continuously variable transmission related compo nent harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE engine D N Oe Se a Engine coolant reservoir Drive belt location Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Fuse box Fusible links Battery Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system
309. ine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the speci fied operating range from the vehicle The remote engine start operating range is ap proximately 197 ft 60 m from the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE To use the remote start feature to start the engine perform the following 1 Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle 2 Press the LOCK button to lock all doors 3 Within 5 seconds press and hold the O remote start button until the turn signal lights flash and the tail lamps turn on If the vehicle is not within view press and hold the Q remote start button for at least 2 seconds The following events will occur when the engine Starts The parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on The engine will continue to run for 10 min utes Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional ten minutes For additional in formation refer to Extending engine run time in this section 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Depress and hold the brake then press the push button ignition switch to the ON position before driving For additional information refer to Driv ing the vehicle in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME The remote start feature can be extended one time by perf
310. ing and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and driving 5 3 Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25
311. ing difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion if so equipped when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being pro grammed to HomeLink for quicker pro gramming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand held transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers in this sec tion 3 Press and hold _ the HomeLink button and observe the indica tor light programmed e if the indicator light is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released If the indicator light C blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid co
312. ings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range Is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the
313. inspected by a NISSAN dealer Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 LHA3608 When the X icon is displayed on the screen the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding de vices This will not hinder normal driving opera tion but the system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if it occurs frequently HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW 1 Touch the touch screen display with the Around View Monitor on 2 Touch the Brightness Contrast Tint Color or Black Level key 3 Adjust the item by touching the or key on the touch screen display Do not adjust any of the display settings of the Around View Monitor while the vehicle is mov ing Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS A CAUTION e Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor will automatically return to the pre vious screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pressed with the shift lever in a position other than the R Reverse position When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed in s
314. interval AWARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Tire wear and damage 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the W
315. ioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or R f electric shock IF In case you notice any foreign object in i the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock TUNE SCROLL 1 ENTER SETTING button TUNE SCROLL control knob When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use of the Rear View Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but itis not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing larg
316. ions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine Starting and driving 5 11 The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 1 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running 5 12 Starting and driving A
317. ip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 4 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory AND LOADING INFORMATION COLO TIRE m TIRE SIZE INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT DIMENSIONS _TPAESSION DES PNEUG A FRO0 ERI 5 Spare tire size SEATING CAPACITY mag AVANT si mila 6 Vehicle load limit Refer to Vehicle VOIR LE MANUE R i i Ap KXX XXXXX IXXXX XXXkPa XXPSI SANET loading information in the Technical The combined weight of occupants ad aa and consumer information section of and cargo should never exceed XXX kg of XXXX ibs nesens XXXX XXXXX XAXXK XXXKPa XXPSI ENERE this manual Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit l Jamals depasser XXX kg ou XXXX Ib Tire and loading information label 3 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 2 Tire size refer to Tire labeling in 1 6 km at moderate speeds The this section recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of
318. ir bag deployment resulting in injury or death Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 67 2 Instruments and controls INSWUMCNT panel 2 cece nseweeee Vaobsaweeecisaeueia 2 2 Meters and gaugeS 6 is cee denesaswaaid eee wade e es 2 3 Speedometer and odometer e cece aes 2 4 TaCGhOMe lo erener dec tewneesteeeewesee sete ec 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 PUS aU OG st acanesaeeaeeeeeree ae oecsse eee 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 7 Checking DUDS s csnsknvwrdaeoreiaeakebaweunks 2 7 Waning IOME A iccee serierna epe aE 2 7 INGICAtOF GNIS aaeceneaGedotansencerssconeneees 2 12 Audible TEMNGSS s ccs vexrceut lt ceper see es eres ac 2 14 Vehicle Information Display 00 000 0es 2 14 How to use the vehicle information display 2 19 Startup CISDIAY x24 22505 6044500e0apeerdbd eee tee 2 15 SENGE eerie renr ENERE ees EEE ES 2 16 Vehicle information display warnings and e e e i TO E EEE E E E E 2 22 Security systemS cots caccdenduene seca ete eewadas 2 25 Vehicle security system 22002e0ee 2 25 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 26 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 27 SWiteh operatioN serrirrenki treni Esar ENERE RRi 2 28 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 29 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped d iroster SWUCH a lt 50 scat dcdedcawardereeaescie van ke 2 30
319. ir to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing 3 When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire f the tire is over inflated more than ap proximately 4 psi 80 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash three times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pres sure the horn beeps once f the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions lf there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire 5 6 Starting and driving There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators The identification code of the tires pres sure sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire
320. irculate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the liftgate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat D
321. is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round antifreeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary A WARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator For additional information refer to precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent
322. itch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch Thi
323. ith a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 0 00 8 2 General maintenance 0 0 ce cence eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS cee eee ee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 002 cee eee eee eee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 2000e eee 8 8 PRONG Ollice demeceredceceu teases AERE S 8 9 Checking engine oil level 2 002 00 8 9 Changing engine oil 0 eeee eee eee 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 5 8 12 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 Power steering Mlde ncwcemsseuvareenierieaveemenyd 8 13 Brake Ud sanss inen be a eee a ea e E 8 14 Windshield washer fluid
324. ition the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational 1 66 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag knee air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag knee air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag knee air bag and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags knee air bag and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag sys
325. ive Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt P SEEK tuning Press the M4 or PPI SEEK buttons to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the M44 SEEK button or the P TRACK button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and a beep is heard 3 Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner
326. ive course lines 4 and 8 indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the neutral position the two green predic tive course lines are shown in front of the vehicle When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees Or more One green predictive course line is shown in front of the vehicle and the other green predictive course line is shown at the side of the vehicle When the monitor displays the rear view the predictive course lines are shown at the back of the vehicle 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems AWARNING Objects in the bird s eye view will ap pear further than the actual distance because the bird s eye view is a pseudo view that is processed by combining the views from the cameras on the outside mirrors the front and the rear of the vehicle Tall objects such as a curb or vehicle may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views Objects that are above the camera can not be displayed The view of the bird s eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters A li
327. iving the vehicle up a hill ob jects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When driving the ve hicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the mirrors or actually look to prop erly judge distances to other objects Objects in the rear view will appear vi sually opposite from those viewed in the inside and outside mirrors On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predictive course lines and the actual course line The displayed lines on the rear view will appear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course SAA1840 Front view Front and rear view Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distance to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the moni tor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line f approximately 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approximately 3 ft 1 m e Green line 3 approximately 7 ft 2 m Green line approximately 10 ft 3 m SAA1896 Rear view Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the st
328. k on TURNING THE DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF Perform the following steps to enable or disable the Driver Attention Alert system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and press the OK button Use the v button to select Driver Assistance Then press the OK button 2 Select Driver Attention Alert and press the OK button NOTE The setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT LIMITATIONS A WARNING The Driver Attention Alert system may not operate properly and may not pro vide an alert in the following conditions Poor road conditions such as an un even road surface or pot holes Strong side wind Starting and driving 5 61 If you have adopted a sporty driving style with higher cornering speeds or higher rates of acceleration Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed The Driver Attention Alert system may not provide an alert in the following conditions Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph 60 km h Short lapses of attention Instantaneous distractions such as dropping an object 5 62 Starting and driving A Warning ee Driver Attention Alert Malfunction SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the Driver Attention Alert system malfunctions the system warning message will appear in the vehicle information display and the function will be stopped automatically
329. l buttons can be reprogrammed For additional informa tion refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 except Mexico The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional i
330. ld be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning rear row seatbacks to the upright position either by manual operation or power operation if so equipped the operator should always verify that the back is locked in the upright position by gently rocking the seatback before allowing passengers to occupy the rear seats If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Folding the rear bench seat To fold down the seatbacks Before folding the rear seats 1 Pull the strap on the rear seat Disconnect and secure the center seat belt OF and tongue into the retractor base For ad ditional information refer to Stowing the rear center seat belt in this section 2 Pull the lever beside the cargo area and fold the seatback Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks on the side wall For additional information refer to Seat belt hooks in this section Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To return the seatbacks Manual o
331. le checked by a NISSAN dealer In case of emergency 6 3 CHANGING A FLAT TIRE AWARNING If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be e Make sure the parking brake is securely low applied and the shift lever is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic hazardous 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking close to your vehicle Wait for profes brake Move the shift lever to P Park sional road assistance 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance A Blocks B Flat tire 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic Blocking wheels and clear of the vehicle Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 Incase of emergency Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Open the rear liftgate 2 Pull up on the handle to lift the carpeted floorboard and attach the hook as shown 3 The jack and tools are located in the st
332. le sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and s
333. le with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward Never tow your front wheel drive vehicle with the front tires on the ground Doing sO may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain e DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con tinuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter nal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Technical and consumer information 9 25 UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum sec
334. leage Fuel The unit for the mileage that displays in the ve hicle information display can be changed to miles MPG km h km l km h I 100km Use the z buttons and the OK button to select and change the unit Tire Pressures The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to psi kPa bar kgf cm Use the buttons and the OK button to select and change the unit Temperature The temperature that displays in the vehicle infor mation display can be changed from F Fahrenheit C Celsius Use the OK button to toggle choices Language The language of the vehicle information display can be changed to English French Spanish Use the buttons and the OK button to select and change the language of the vehicle information display Key Linked Settings The Key Linked Setting can be turned ON OFF Later using the OK button It will display the key synchronized and in use for this vehicle Instruments and controls 2 19 Factory Reset The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default To reset the vehicle information display 1 Usethe lt P buttons to select Set tings and press the OK button 2 Select Factory Reset using the y but tons and press the OK button 3 Select YES to return all settings back to default by pressing the OK button 2 20 Instruments and controls
335. les Changing the display Push the TRIP RESET switch on the instru ment panel to change the display as follows Trip A Trip _A Trip B Odometer Milage Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 2 for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero RPMx1000 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone 4 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 1 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine For ad ditional information refer to If your ve hicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for immediate action required Instruments and control
336. les traveling offset in the travel lane Starting and driving 5 35 AWARNING As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Deceler ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surround ing circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control sys tem under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves 5 36 Starting and driving On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When rain snow or dirt adhere to the bumper around the distance sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheatin
337. lfunction When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment This is not a malfunction Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 lf dirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam era the RearView Monitor may not display object clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor The Around View Monitor can display two split screen views and a single view of the front vi
338. lies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Starting and driving 5 47 User Manual statement according to 15 21 Changes or modifications made to this equip ment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC authorization to oper ate this equipment User Manual statement according to 15 105 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protec tion against harmful interference when the equip ment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio commu nications Operation of this equipment in a resi dential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense RF Exposure Information according 2 1091 2 1093 OET bulletin 65 Radio frequency radiation exposure Information This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment 5 48 Starting and
339. lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight In case of emergency 6 9 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated E Lower the vehicle completely 5 Securely store the jack and tools back in their storage compartment Ensure the jack is expanded and tools snapped into place to prevent rattle noise from happening while driving AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases
340. ling a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To reactivate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END _ button At that time press ing the PHONE SEND amp button will start the Hands Free Phone System 4 62 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems MEMO Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 63 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 005 5 2 Three way CalalSlies2 Geeuetesnvateneey sense ues 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving PFECAULIONS 24sccakececadee uetincd piece EEEN 5 6 Avoiding collision and rollover 0 05 5 6 Off road rECOvVeN esise ene eh ean tat ase ENEN 5 7 Rapid air pressure lOSS 0 ccc cece ees 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 Driving safety precautions 00 eee eee 5 8 Push Button Ignition SWich cscnceeas deka nsan 5 10 Operating range oi Gud deny entevee ecuees nnna 5 11 Push button ignition switch positions 5 12 Emergency engine shut off 0 0 00 5 13 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 13 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 14 Before starting the engine 0 00 5 14 Starting th
341. ll occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for all wheel drive models an AWD mark is placed at the beginning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate all wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIV ING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident For additional information refer to On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding collision and rollover and Driving safety precau tions in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on t
342. ll the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system The battery saver automatically turns off the igni tion after a period of time when the ignition switch is left in the ACC if so equipped or ON position DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine Is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights oper ate with the headlight switch in the OFF position orin the PQ position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Push the button to decrease the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night Push the button 8 to increase the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lev
343. llowing three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information dis play goes out INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM full speed range if so equipped The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range O to 90 MPH 0 to 144 km h up to the set speed The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH 82 to 144 km h The vehicle travels at a set speed when the road ahead is clear For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed AWARNING ICC is nota collision avoidance or warn ing device For highway use only and not intended for congested areas or city driving Will not brake automatically to a stop Failure to apply the brakes could result in an accident e Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them Always drive carefully and attentively when using ICC system Read and un derstand the Owner s Manual thor oughly before using the ICC system To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emer gency situations Do not use ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions The ICC system automatically maintains a se lected distance from the vehicle traveling in front
344. llustration e When the angle formed not be heard by your vehicle and approaching ve f the radar detects an approaching vehicle from hicle is small the side the system chimes a sound single e The following conditions may reduce beep and the BSW indicator light on the side the the ability of the radar to detect other vehicle is approaching from flashes vehicles Severe weather Road spray Ice build up on the vehicle LSD2043 Frost build up on the vehicle Illustration 1 Dirt build up on the vehicle NOTE Do not attach stickers including trans e In the case of several vehicles approaching parent material install accessories or in a row Illustration 1 or in the opposite apply additional paint near the radar direction Illustration 2 a chime may not be sensors These conditions may reduce sounded by the RCTA system after the first the ability of the radar to detect other vehicle passes the sensors vehicles e Do not use the RCTA systems when towing a trailer 5 30 Starting and driving Illustration 2 LSD2044 RCTA temporarily not available When radar blockage is detected the system will be deactivated automatically The Side Radar Obstruction warning message will appear and the blind spot indicator white will blink in the vehicle information display The systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditio
345. looded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After five or six seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to LOCK After crank ing the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the en gine running for a minimum of two to three minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Start 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever into the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended
346. low occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Seat lifter driver s seat FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust if so equipped the seat height until the desired position is achieved Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park Seat lifter driver s seat Push the f
347. ls You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth You can also call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connecting recommended cellular phones 4 56 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Press the ws button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu The available options are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Messaging if available Show Applications if available Select Phone or Device Call For additional information on the Call com mand refer to Making a call in this section Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook a name Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for that phonebook entry The system will say the name it interpreted based on the voice command provided If the name is incorrect say Correction to hear another name Once the correct phonebook entry is identi fied say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Record Name to record a name for the phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry List Names Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabetically Say Dial to di
348. ltS 0 cee eee eee eee Booster Spal cavsuts Sore Secaeentegiasn decease Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions ON SRS lt i cic cosestsandeeskigaecedox Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to p
349. lure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death Other This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can in clude such things as air filter or tire rotation The distance for checking or replacing the items can be set or reset Clock To set the clock for system with navigation press the MENU button For systems without naviga tion press the SETTING button For additional information on how to set the clock refer to the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section of this manual or the separate Navigation Owner s Manual TPMS Settings The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to psi kPa bar kgf cm Use the buttons and the OK button to select and change the unit Unit Language Select Unit Language to adjust vehicle units and language on the Vehicle Information Display The vehicle information display language can also be changed by operating the navigation unit if so equipped For additional information refer to the separate Navigation Owner s Manual Use the buttons to choose from he following menu options e Mileage Fuel Tire Pressures Temperature Language Mi
350. ly reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover fan iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Bluetooth streaming audio Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disrup
351. m malfunc tion warning message with the blind spot indicator orange will appear in SSD1026 the vehicle information display This is a normal driving condition Illustration 1 Approaching from behind BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Severe weather or road spray condi tions may reduce the ability of the radar Another vehicle approaching from to detect other vehicles behind e Excessive noise e g audio system vol i a ume open vehicle window will inter Illustration 1 The Blind Spot Warning indicator fere with the chime sound and it may light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection not be heard i zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator light may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear 5 24 Starting and driving SSD1031 Illustration 2 Approaching from behind Illustration 2 If the driver activates the turn signal then the system chimes a sound twice and the Blind Spot Warning indicator light flashes NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind Spot Warning indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected SSD1032 Illustration 3 Accelerate from a stop NOTE Illustration 3 If you accelerate from a stop with a vehicle in the detection zone the othe
352. m may result in serious personal injury HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped LIC0421 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light will come on If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68 F 20 C The indicator light will remain on as long as the system Is on Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually The indicator light will go off NOTE If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction HEATED SEATS if so equipped The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch Is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants c
353. minate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 1 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off aftera few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING 3 Press the next button on the steering AWARNING wheel for about one second to turn off the i z LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after e Do not adjust the steering wheel while tightening the fuel filler cap driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates
354. mode When the parking brake is applied When the VDC system is turned off When ABS or VDC including the traction control system operates When a wheel slips Starting and driving 5 45 Warning light and display Condition A Under the following conditions the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set When the VDC system is turned off When the VDC or ABS including the TCS operates 5 46 Starting and driving Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the ICC CRUISE ON OFF switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system Condition B When the sensor area of the front bumper is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The system warning light orange will illuminate and the front radar obstruction warning mes sage will appear in the vehicle information dis play Unavailable Front radar obstruction NORMAL 7 5mi Action to take If the warning light orange comes on park the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is blocked If the sensor window is blocked remove the block ing material Restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the ICC system checked by a NISSAN dealer Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly
355. mp 4 8 hwo e ee ao hw wd 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity a aa ee ee ee 9 6 One shotcall 4 54 4 54 Outside mirror control 3 33 3 34 Outside mirrors 550 8 3 34 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 12 Owner s manual order form 9 29 Owner s manual service manual order MOMAN are 45 6 mm ae oe aan em oe we we He s 9 29 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 20 Parking parking onhills 5 67 Personal lighis e 1 4 0 4 46 oe 0 aosa we 2 51 Power Front seat adjustment 1 4 Power door locks 3 5 3 6 Power outlet 244 2 39 Power rear windows 2 47 Power steering fluid 8 13 Power steering system 5 68 Rear power windows 2 47 Power putlet son a 66 2 eee woe ee ae a 2 39 Power steering 0222000 5 68 Power steering fluid 8 13 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving precautions 0 002 eee 5 6 Precautions on booster seats 00 1 25 1 32 1 39 1 43 Precautions on child restraints 1 25 1 32 1 39 1 43 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Precautions on supplemental restraint systeM phe bee Ee ee ee ee 1 46 Precautions when starting and GUVs ss oo 6 oe Hea 2 a 5 2 5 8 Pre tensioner seat belt system
356. n Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation For additional information refer to If your vehicle over heats in the In case of emergency sec tion of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties 9 18 Technical and consumer information Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross axle weight Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the
357. n 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 iPhone 5 firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above NOTE Apple certified USB cables are supported Some aftermarket cables may not be sup ported Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL control knob will start the iPod lt lt gt gt SEEK TRACK buttons Press the M4 SEEK button or P TRACK button to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the 4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the track returns to normal play speed REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern c
358. n cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you
359. n the answer back horn is on the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key Selective Unlock When this item is turned on and when the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed only the corre sponding door is unlocked first The remaining doors can be unlocked if the door unlock opera tion is performed again within 1 minute When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is per formed once From the Vehicle Settings menu Instruments and controls 2 17 select Locking then Selective Unlock Use the OK button to toggle between on and off When ON is highlighted Selective Unlock is turned on When ON is greyed out this item is turned off Wipers The speed dependent feature can be set to be ON or OFF From the Wipers menu select Speed Dependent Use the OK button to turn this feature ON or OFF Driving Position if so equipped The driving position has two features that can be set to be ON or OFF From the Driving position menu select Exit Seat Slide or Exit Steering Up Use the OK button to turn this feature ON or OFF Remote engine start if so equipped The remote engine start feature can be set to be ON or OFF From the Remote engine start menu use the OK button to turn this feature ON or OFF 2 18 Instruments an
360. nchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seat belt hooks When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the rear seats hook the rear seat belts on the seat belt hooks SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten It an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and is available for the Driver and front passenger seating positions See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat b
361. nd curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the cur tain air bag systems Tampering with the side air b
362. nd irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the US
363. nd feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the liftgate A CAUTION Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the rear hatch Doing so will cause dam age to the vehicle OPERATING THE MANUAL LIFTGATE if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the liftgate simultane ously To open the liftgate press the request switch and pull up on the handle To close lower and push the liftgate down se curely LPD2358 Liftgate switch OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the liftgate Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD2212 Instrument panel switch NOTE To open close or reverse the power liftgate the shift lever must be in P Park Also the power liftgate will not operate if battery voltage is low Power Open The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully closed position to the fully open position in approximately 5 8 seconds The power open feature can be activated by the switch on the Intelligent Key the instrument panel switch the glove box switch and the liftgate request switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 The hazard lights flash and a chime
364. nding on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Driver supplemental knee air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover colli sions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the si
365. ndow position is reached LIC2663 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 of N LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is closing Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto reverse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact the dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects somethin
366. nds if the system is operational If the light does not come on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Instruments and controls 2 13 BO Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the VDC system is not operating Push the VDC off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual The VDC light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the ff indicator light while you are driving have the VDC system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the VDC system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake 2 14 Instruments and controls pedal is depress
367. ne hood Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible A CAUTION links If any of these fusible links are melted Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 NOTE 5 If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse The fuse box is located on the driver s side of the instrument panel 6 Push the fuse box cover to install 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight If a new fuse also opens have the electrical switch are OFF system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer 2 Pull down on fuse box cover 1 to remove 3 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Extended storage switch If any electri
368. ne on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle Tire angle display does not indicate the actual tire angle onannanne 3 Front side view Guiding lines Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor The front of vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle The side of vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirrors The extensions 3 of both the front and side 2 lines are shown with a green dotted line A CAUTION The turn signal light may look like the side of vehicle line This is not a malfunction DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 the hill is the place
369. nect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device There are two USB connection ports available in the vehicle One is located in the media pocket on the center console near the cupholders the other on the back of the rear center console facing the rear seats Insert the USB device into the con nection port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation MEDIA button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the MEDIA button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playi
370. nfirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing
371. nformation When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Instruments and controls 2 55 MEMO 2 56 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments NGS vecnde ose E eee Eee E E O E 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key 2 0 2 05 3 2 DOO near cetegeeecwnenec aod E E A E E E E 3 4 Locking with KG eens cvanenke heres caceeenseeuees 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob 005 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 6 Automatic door IOCKS sce y cecaunceereraueewesade 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 0 ccc eee aes 3 7 NISSAN
372. ng Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light AW is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 1 65 AWARNING Extreme Hazard Do not use a rear facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Oy S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON pos
373. ng or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack located in the center console the MEDIA button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well dq gt gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button 44 rewind or SEEK TRACK button Pl fast for ward for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed lt lt gt pP SEEK and TRACK buttons Press the SEEK button M4 while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK button M lt eral tracks Press the TRACK button PPI while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the TRACK button P several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM random button When the RDM random button is p
374. njured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that 2 wheel drive models are less capable than all wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Spinning the front wheels on slippery surface may cause the AWD warning message to display and the AWD sys tem to automatically switch from the AWD to the 2WD mode This could re duce the traction Be especially careful when towing a trailer AWD models Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dange
375. ns such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as Ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the system will resume automatically RCTA malfunction If the ROTA system malfunctions the system will turn off automatically The system malfunction warning message with the blind spot indicator orange will appear in the vehicle information display If the BSW system fails the RCTA sys tem will also fail Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the message contin ues to appear have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 31 RADAR MAINTENANCE The two radar sensors f for the BSW and RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors 5 32 Starting and driving Do not attach stickers including transparent ma terial install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors Consult a NISSAN dealer if the area aroun
376. ns will be inoperable until ignition switch is turned on MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Press the fan speed control buttons to manually control the fan speed Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Press the gt air recirculation button to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The C indicator light on the button will come on The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is inthe Y front defrosting mode Fresh air intake Press the fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment Air flow control Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet Air flows mainly from center and side vents 74 Air flows mainly from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets and partly from defroster 7 Air flows mainly from defroster and foot outlets To turn system off Press the ON OFF button 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow fr
377. nt Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote control function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may af fect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving and transmitting radio waves The Intelligent Key sys tem transmits weak radio waves from various distances Environmental conditions may inter fere with the operation of the Intelligent Key sys tem under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of
378. ntinuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual Press and release the learn or smart but ton Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the press hold release sequence up to three times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same mann
379. nutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re install dipstick 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself k CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Remove pins B from the under engine pro tector Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 6 Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the engine oil filter is to be changed re move and replace it at this time For addi tional information refer to
380. o Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recom mends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals
381. o not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check all four tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handl
382. of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set soeed when the road ahead is clear ICC SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower mov ing vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 40 of vehicle braking power if necessary The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390 ft 120 m ahead AWARNING This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect the following objects Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcyc
383. ol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal ma
384. om the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally Keep the moonroof if so equipped closed while the air conditioner is in operation f you feel that the air flow mode you have selected and the outlets the air is coming out do not match select the GV mode When you change the air flow mode you may feel air flow from the feet vents for just a moment This is not a malfunction The sunload sensor located on the driver s side of the instrument panel helps the system main tain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen dations in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains ref
385. ome delay 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunction When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the Around View Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment This is not a malfunction There may be differences in sharpness be tween each camera view of the bird s eye view If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam era the Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly Clean the camera Do not use wax on the camera lens Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a mild detergent diluted with water VENTS aaa Hono Oooo I nja nn mju fufa fuja LHA3201 LHA3510 LHA1134 Side Center Rear Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the to open the vents or toward the K to close them Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic 1 Temperature control di
386. onal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be mal functioning If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the vehic
387. onditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE VQ35DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 Displacement cu in cm 213 45 3 498 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed CVT in N Neutral position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug FXE22HR 11 No adjustment is necessary Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Offset in mm Aluminum 1 97 50 1 97 50 Spare wheel steel 0 99 25 Tire size Tire size Spare tire Size 18 x 7 5J 20 x 7 5 18x 4T 235 65R18 235 55R20 T165 90D18 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length without front license plate bracket
388. one number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 4 0 illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument Panel 2 tolasserdeneetacatedresredeks 0 6 EXIGrOr MONT e owe e ohn nee see AAE EEA ANNE 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 5 0 8
389. ons in Use of power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF will pre the Maintenance and do it yourself section vent the power steering system from operating properly Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer fmavowmoseemse TT Pisurnissatcenrtrsonce See your NISSAN dealer for service HFC 134a R 134a For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section See your NISSAN dealer for service ee Te NISSAN A C System Oil Type ND OIL8 or equivalent ae For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and Air conditioning system oil Sm cali aes ga oil recommendations in this section See your NISSAN dealer for service Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Windshield washer fluid 1 3 8 gal 1 1 8 gal Technical and consumer information 9 3 RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect th
390. op and the power steering warning light will illuminate In a safe location stop the engine and push the igni tion switch to the OFF position The temperature 5 68 Starting and driving of the power steering system will go down after a period of time and the power assist level will return to normal after starting the engine The power steering warning light will go off Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to over heat You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when the steering wheel is operated This is a normal operational noise and is not a malfunction If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicl
391. operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Exceeding the roof rack capacity can change the vehicle s center of gravity and adversely affect the handling and stability of the vehicle resulting in an accident causing death or serious injury 5 2 Starting and driving EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate and rear vent windows closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with the liftgate or rear vent windows open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to c
392. or an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are avail able at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat differ
393. orage compartment beneath the carpeted lid on the passenger side of the cargo area 4 Remove the storage door by pulling the strap on the storage compartment lid In case of emergency 6 5 5 Remove the jack and tools from the storage area 6 To remove the spare tire loosen the bolt by Changing the spare tire with BOSE turning counterclockwise sub woofer if so equipped 7 Once free remove the bolt 1 To loosen the bolt turn counterclockwise 8 Remove the spare tire 2 Once free remove the bolt 9 Once the flat tire is exchanged with the spare tire store the flat tire where the spare tire was located 10 Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and place the carpeted floorboard back over the tire 6 6 In case of emergency Place the sub woofer in the lower left corner of the cargo area leaning against the driver side wall 4 Remove the spare tire 5 Once the flat tire is exchanged with the spare tire store the flat tire where the spare was located Place the sub woofer inside the flat tire 7 Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and place the carpeted lid back over the tire In case of emergency 6 7 Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle
394. ormation display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode To deactivate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and Hi buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to the Trouble shooting guide in this section and Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another
395. orming the steps listed in Remote starting the vehicle in this section Run time will be calculated as follows The first 10 minute run time will start when the remote start function is performed The second 10 minutes will start immedi ately when the remote start function is per formed again For example if the engine has been running for 5 minutes and 10 minutes are added the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes Extending engine run time will bring you to the two remote start limit A maximum of two remote starts or a single start with an extension are allowed between ignition cycles The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON position and then back to the OFF position before the remote start procedure can be used again CANCELING A REMOTE START To cancel a remote start perform one of the following Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and press Q until the parking lights turn off Turn on the hazard warning flashers Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF The extended engine run time has expired The first 10 minute timer has expired The engine hood has been opened The shift lever is moved out of park The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed CONDITIONS THE REMOTE START WIL
396. ot locked repeat steps 2 through 8 LRSO865 LRS2597 Forward facing step 10 Rear row bench seat 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front Top tether strap assenger seat place the ignition switch in i Oi The front eee air bag Anchor point status light should illuminate If this Installing top tether strap light is not illuminated refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system First secure the child restraint with the seat belt checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with seat belts 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint neadrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the back side of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tet
397. ot necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner filter 1 Unlatch the retaining clips 2 Move the air cleaner cover upwards 3 Remove the air cleaner filter Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth then replace air cleaner filter NOTE After installing a new air cleaner filter make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires
398. ot route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 51 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can microphone location Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle 4 52 Display screen h
399. ounce the rever sal Auto Reverse If an obstacle is detected during power open or power close a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will reverse direction and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the liftgate motion will stop and the liftgate will enter manual mode A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the liftgate If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip during power close the liftgate will reverse direc tion and return to the full open position NOTE If the pinch strip is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the liftgate Manual Mode If power operation is not available the liftgate may be operated manually Power operation may not be available if the power liftgate main switch is in the ON position if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if battery voltage is low If the power liftgate opener switch is pushed during power open or close the power operation will be canceled and the liftgate can be operated manually To open the liftgate manually press the liftgate opener switch and lift the liftgate To close lower and push the liftgate down se curely Auto Power Back Door System Battery Power S
400. pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position This CVT is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position Starting and driving 5 15 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving position 3 Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse or D Drive position Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control 5 16 Starting and driving A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Except in
401. peed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the dis tance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain con trol of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 39 ICC switch The system is operated by the CRUISE ON OFF switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 2 3 5 40 RES ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed in crementally SET COAST switch Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally CRUISE ON OFF switch Master switch to activate the system Starting and driving DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following distance Long Middle Short CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed ICC system display and indicators The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer 1 CRUISE ON OFF switch indicator ICC system ON indicator white Indi cates that the CRUISE ON OFF switch is ON ICC system SET indicator green Indi cates that the cruising speed is set
402. peed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information refer to the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual FLAT TOWING FOR ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE if so equipped Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Never flat tow your All wheel drive AWD vehicle e DO NOT tow your All wheel drive AWD vehicle with any wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expen sive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE if so equipped Towing your vehic
403. pen Once the liftgate is closed the vehicle will remain in the unlock status The Intelligent Key button must be held for 1 second before the liftgate opens The liftgate must be unlocked to open it with the liftgate opener switch A warning chime will sound if the shift lever is moved out of P Park during a power open operation Power Close The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully open position to the secondary position When the liftgate reaches the secondary posi tion the cinching motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch position Power close takes approximately 7 10 seconds The power close feature can be activated by the switch on the Intelligent Key the instrument panel and the liftgate opener switch A chime sounds to indicate the power close sequence has been started If the liftgate opener switch is activated while the cinching motor is engaged the cinching motor will disengage and release the latch The Intelligent Key button must be held for 1 second before the liftgate closes Reverse The power liftgate will stop immediately during power open or power close if the Intelligent Key instrument panel or liftgate switch is pushed or if the liftgate opener switch is pushed The power liftgate will reverse direction if the Intelli gent Key instrument panel liftgate switch or the liftgate opener switch is pushed a second time A chime will sound to ann
404. per blades if they are worn To replace the windshield wiper blades follow the procedure below e P D 6 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Lift the release tab Move the wiper blade 8 down and remove Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm Push the release tab down until it clicks Push wiper on to windshield 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a
405. peration 1 Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched 2 Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position A Instrument panel switch Cargo area switch Power operation if so equipped 1 Push and hold the corresponding switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel or the right or left side in the cargo area A beep sounds once and the seatback will be returned automatically A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully returned to the seating position If the control unit detects any obstacle or mal functions while in the power operation a beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback will re turn to the folded position automatically Check if there are any obstacles caught that prevent seats from returning to the folded position See a NISSAN dealer if the beep still sounds A CAUTION When operating the rear power seatback return make sure that the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position AWARNING When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured e If the rear
406. ping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the Songs do not play back in When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separatel
407. placed between the seat cushion and center console If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait one minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still OFF after this the small adult child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front
408. placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front passenger air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat The status of the front passen ger air bag ON or OFF is indicated by a front passenger air bag status light Ae which is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi nated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied front passengers seat The lightis OFF
409. possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Check that all doors are closed Position seat and head restraints headrests adjust Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either P Park or N Neutral 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is f
410. push the switch to the tilt up position Q and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the tilt down position Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof A WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the ve
411. r doors are open regardless of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery CONSOLE LIGHT if so equipped The console light will turn on whenever the park ing lights or headlights are illuminated The console light brightness can be adjusted with the illumination brightness control in the vehicle information display MAP LIGHTS Push the button to turn the map lights on To turn them off press the button again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery PERSONAL LIGHTS LIC1083 Rear personal lights To turn the rear personal lights on press the switch To turn them off press the switch again HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency devices such as garage doors gates home and of fice lighting entry door locks and security systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s batter
412. r vehicle may not be detected SD1033 Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4 The Blind Spot Warning indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approxi mately 2 seconds The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly Starting and driving 5 25 SSD1034 Illustration 5 Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the system chimes a sound twice and the Blind Spot Warning indicator light flashes 5 26 Starting and driving Illustration 6 Overtaking several vehicles NOTE Illustration 6 When overtaking several ve hicles in a row the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together SSD1036 REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT RCTA SYSTEM if so equipped LSD2050 Illustration 7 Entering from the side Entering from the side Illustration 7 The Blind Spot Warning indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side NOTE The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone SSD1038 Illustration 8 Entering from the side Illustration 8 Illustration 8 If the driver acti vates the turn signal while another veh
413. rack on the USB device 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB con nection port located on the center console near the cupholders or the other on the back of the rear center console facing the rear seats Con nect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB connection port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat
414. rade is above 10 The maximum holding time is two seconds After two seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and Hill Start Assist will stop operating com pletely Hill Start Assist will not operate when the shift lever is shifted into N Neutral or P Park or ona flat and level road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the NISSAN Intelligent Key ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information refer to Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it you
415. re Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 14 Changing a flat tire cece cece ee 6 4 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 JUMP Starting s 2605cacceeecasbddchdeeeeesteeieeees 6 10 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 Incase of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire
416. rease the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in
417. recautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt 1 43 Low back booster seat High back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be use
418. red light stops and improve fuel effi ciency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising sp
419. rely solely on the Hill Start Assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the ve hicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The Hill Start Assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The Hill Start Assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury When the vehicle is stopped on a hill the Hill Start Assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied This helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backward in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator Hill Start Assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The shift lever is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The hill g
420. replacement and or sys tem resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly ane Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional information refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle information display No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door open warning Loose fuel cap warning if so equipped Check tire pressure warning For additional information refer to Vehicle Infor mation Display in this section Power steering warning light AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning li
421. ressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly several times to skip backward sev 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT repeat button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first t
422. rig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the power button VOL vol ume control knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Build
423. rns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing Operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the V
424. road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required For additional infor mation refer to Periodic maintenance in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu tive times in less than 1 5 seconds or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal the ignition switch will illuminate If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF position push the ignition switch center once to change to ACC two times to change to ON three times to change to OFF The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle informa tion display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key funct
425. ront or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Push the front or back end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 AWARNING After adjustment check to be sure the seat is securely locked Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when LRS2570 the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and Outboard seats Reclining REAR BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT adjust the seat belt properly For addi Pull the reclining strap and position the seat back at the desired angle Release the reclining strap after positioning the seat at the desired angle tional information refer to Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional informa tion refer to Precautions on the seat belt usage in
426. rous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear and apply brakes to control your speed Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers Exceeding the roof rack capacity can raise the
427. rself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezin
428. rsonal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate
429. rta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown C lt U WTI0172 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as GVWR GAWR month and year of manufacture VIN etc Review it carefully LTI2072 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL To mount the front license plate attach the li cense plate bracket T to the plastic finisher at the location marks small dimples using the two 6 mm screws provided The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner speci
430. s 1 This device must not cause interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra dio exempts de licence Lexploitation est autori s e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 Vappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 Vutilisateur de appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING SYSTEM if so equipped The Forward Emergency Braking system can as sist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the travelling lane The Forward Emergency Braking system uses a radar sensor A located at the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the travelling lane The Forward Emer gency Braking system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH 5 km h Starting and driving 5 55 AWARNING The Forward Emergency Braking sys tem is a supplemental aid to the driver It is not a replacement for the driver s attention to traffic conditions or re sponsibility to drive safely It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques The Forward Emergency Braking sys tem does not function in all driving traffic weather and road condi
431. s 2 5 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to O Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters 0 Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the Co light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in this section WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS ABS warning light BRAKE Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Forward Emergency Braking system warning light if so equipped Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come
432. s a desire to change to another Intelligent Key while in the vehicle the user must turn the ignition OFF and initiate com munication from the desired Intelligent Key a Ignition from ON position to the OFF b Unlock door with the desired Intelligent Key c The desired Intelligent Key number should appear on the meter display The system contains a ON OFF setting for when the settings are not to be memorized ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and automatic operation steering column will au tomatically move when the shift lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up When the driver s door is opened and the ignition switch is in the OFF position When the ignition switch is turned from ACC to OFF with the driver s door open The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous position When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON while the shift lever is in the P Park position The entry exit function can be adjusted or can celed through the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle information display by performing the following Switch the Exit Seat Slide from ON to OFF Switch the Exit Steering UP from ON to OFF Restarting the entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the
433. s in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the rear bench seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 35 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it Is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS2398 LRS2399 Forward facing webbing mounted step 2 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach 3 The back of the child restraint should be ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check secured against the vehicle seatback to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop If necessary adjust or remove the head erly attached to the lower anchors restraint headrest to obtain the correct child tether strap route the top
434. s in the D Drive posi tion and the vehicle speed is below approxi mately 5 mph 8 km h the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed is below ap proximately 5 mph 8 km h the MOD sys tem detects moving objects in the rear view The MOD system will not operate if the liftgate is open The MOD system does not detect moving ob jects in the front side view The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view AWARNING The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not de signed to prevent contact with the ob jects surrounding the vehicle When maneuvering always use the outside mirrors and rearview mirror and turn and check the surrounding to ensure it is safe to maneuver The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph 10 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds The system is not designed to prevent contact with all objects The MOD system does not have the function to detect the surrounding sta tionary objects Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 L dlt Check surroundings tor salety When the MOD system detects moving objects near the vehicle the yellow frame will be dis played on the view where the objects are de tected and a chime will sound once While the MOD system continues to detect moving ob jects the yellow frame continues to be displayed
435. s lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always properly use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can inc
436. s type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 Ibs 2 268 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 2
437. s vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and
438. safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN S
439. sage is displayed there may be a malfunction in the All Wheel Drive AWD system Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an NISSAN dealer as soon as possible AWD AWD High Temp Stop vehicle The AWD high temperature message may be displayed while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature The driving mode may change to 2 wheel drive If this message is displayed stop the vehicle with the engine idling as soon as it is safe to do so Then if the message turns off you can continue driving AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual The tire size message may be displayed if there is a large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels Pull off the road in a safe area with the engine idling Check that all tire sizes are the same that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn If any warning messages continue to be dis played have your vehicle checked by an NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 65 AWARNING Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of con trol even with All Wheel Drive AWD engaged For AWD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or
440. same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam
441. scs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant a
442. se Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible a
443. sed when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 5 in 80 cm from each request switch 1 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY PRECAUTION OPERATION Do not push the door handle request switch You can lock or unlock the doors without taking with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag illustrated The close distance to the door When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you handle will cause the Intelligent Key system can lock or unlock all doors by pus
444. shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Caution
445. sounds to indicate the power open sequence has been started 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2295 Liftgate opener switch The liftgate can be opened by the instrument panel switch liftgate request switch and the Intelligent Key even if the vehicle is locked The liftgate will individually unlock and open Once the liftgate is closed the vehicle will remain in the unlock status The Intelligent Key button must be held for 1 second before the liftgate opens The liftgate must be unlocked to open it with the liftgate opener switch A warning chime will sound if the shift lever is moved out of P Park during a power open operation Power Close The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully open position to the secondary position When the liftgate reaches the secondary posi tion the cinching motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch position Power close takes approximately 7 10 seconds The power close feature can be activated by the switch on the Intelligent Key the instrument panel and the liftgate opener switch The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power close sequence has been started If the liftgate opener switch is activated while the cinching motor is engaged the cinching motor will disengage and release the latch The Intelligent Key button must be held for 1 second before the liftgate closes Reverse The power liftgate
446. stem refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner automatic if soequipped 04 4 26 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 27 Servicing air conditioner 4 29 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 25 Anchor point locations 1 30 Anti lock brake warning light 2 7 2 8 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 69 AVOWESIS 6 0434 amp ceo eS Se whe ee 68 1 7 Around View Monitor aaau 4 12 Audible reminders 2 14 Audi SySt mM e s a m e at mii iiad 4 29 AM radio reception a aoaaa aaa 4 30 Bluetooth audio naoa oaa a aaa 4 46 Bluetooth streaming audio 4 46 Compact disc CD player 2 4 41 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD Playor cae oy a aa a A 4 38 FM radio reception a aosa aaa 4 30 iPod Player lt 6 2 2a aaa 4 44 iPod player operation 4 44 Radio aoaaa aaa a a aa 4 29 USB interface oaoa aaa 4 42 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port aoaaa a eee ee 4 42 Autolight switch aao 2 31 Automatic Automatic drive positioner 3 35 3 36 3 37 Automatic power window switch 2 47 Automatic door locks 3 6 Automatic drive positioner 3 35 3 36 3 37 B Battery wa ek ee eee a 0 73 0 15 Charge warning light 2 8 Battery replacement Key fob ame da ek ew hme oe ae mo 8 25 NISSAN Intelligent Key
447. stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC if so equipped position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information refer to Security sys tems in this section Side light and headlight indicator light green The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working this is normal The light will blink for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin The indicator light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec o
448. stored memory positions may be lost and some of the functions will be restricted 1 Drive the vehicle over 25 MPH 40 km h OR 2 Open and close the driver s door more than 2 times with the ignition switch in the OFF position The entry exit function should now work properly SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When any of the memory switches are pushed while the automatic drive positioner is Operating When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position When no seat position is stored in the memory switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 37 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems RearView Monitor without Navigation System U SO eguipped cxseeucssctaacuscuceoetehaseres ces 4 2 How to read the displayed lines 4 3 Adjusting the SCIECN s wenc wigan doe cad eaverdwees 4 4 Difference between predicted and actual CISIANCESrctue vey tarececed Hees dh EE O ET 4 4 RearView Monitor with Navigation System if so equipped o12 tv aeeuscee cena dtecdeskcoewseeeus 4 7 How to read the displayed lines 4 8 Adjusting the screen 22 20e eee eee 4 9 How to turn
449. switch P 2 27 Vent P 4 25 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Radio P 4 38 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 2 25 Vent P 4 25 Glove box P 2 43 Front passenger air bag warning status light P 1 46 Power outlet P 2 39 Heater and air conditioning controls P 4 26 Shift lever P 5 16 Push button ignition switch P 5 10 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Cruise control main Intelligent Cruise Control ICC if so equipped set switches P 5 33 Driver supplemental knee air bag P 1 46 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Audio control switches P 4 29 Hood release P 3 22 Fuel door release P 3 27 Fuse box P 8 22 Power liftgate main switch if so equipped P 3 23 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 38 Instrument brightness control P 2 30 Twin trip odometer reset switch P 2 3 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS VQ35DE engine Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 Drive belt location P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 Air cleaner P 8 18 Fuse box P 8 22 Fuse box Fusible links P 8 22 T ONDIN ee act
450. system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior f5 0Zinsnn dene rnern 7 2 Air fresheners 224 ces ntuneveccwastie desde deetedic 7 4 WVSSUING aeurintedeaewannhevenetanwexpeweeenes 7 2 Floor mats if so equipped 0 0 c cece 7 4 WVEXING ea aaa a eaa weenie ensk wa oe Seat Delis cannes cakenscdeaessaetataeuseoceveay ss 7 5 REMOVING SPOTE aeara aaoi ea aa cee i EA 7 3 Cleaning the seat tracks 00 0ceeeeeee 7 5 Underbody 60sec cece eee teen eee eee 7 3 Corrosion PrOleClON vccenacckecaveddudeusnsuayduss 7 5 C ETENE TEESIEN NEEE ETTET TETTE 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Alumina alloy WAGES sei ccd a inei onneen iE 7 3 CONOS Oaren eine EERE EEEN 7 5 Chrome PANS cStna ges seem eta a a a a 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Tire dresS8Si gS crre ssirirsis irradians 7 3 COMGSION terrenora soon sae EENAA
451. system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed is below approximately 15 MPH 24 km h and a vehicle is not detected ahead The system will also disengage when the vehicle goes above the maximum set speed For additional information refer to Approach warning in this section The following items are controlled in the ICC system When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the ICC system maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 MPH 32 and 144 km h Starting and driving 5 37 When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is up to the set speed If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges a standstill with a warning chime When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the ICC system accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion 5 38 Starting and driving
452. t if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nates It may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking For additional information refer to Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing r Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional in formation refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the
453. t passenger For additional information refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational Instruments and controls 2 11 If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag knee air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the seat belts with pretensioner system may not function properly For additional information refer to Supplemental restraint system SRS in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag knee air bag and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle che
454. t passenger seat exits the ve hicle the front passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation In order for the occupant classification system to classify the right front passenger based on weight please follow the precautions and steps outlined below Precautions Make sure there are no objects weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket Make sure that a child seat or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seat back Make sure that a rear passenger is not push ing or pulling on the back of the front pas senger s seat Make sure that the front seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger s seat Steps 1 Adjust the seat as outlined in the Seats section of the Owner s Manual Sit upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfort ably extended to the floor 2 Make sure there are no objects on the occu pant s lap 3 Fasten the seat belt as o
455. t to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Starting and driving 5 5 Operation 1 Add a
456. tage as Originally installed as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly Type A if so equipped High Halogen Low Halogen Turn Side marker Park Headlight assembly Type B if so equipped High Low Turn 7444NA Side marker W5W Park Front fog lights if so equipped Daytime running lights Door mirror turn signal light Map light Personal light Vanity mirror light Glove box light Cargo light High mounted stop light Rear combination light Tail Stop Turn Rear side marker Backup reversing License plate light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information e oY oe wW m Map light Headlight assembly Personal light Door mirror turn signal light Fog light if so equipped High mounted stoplight License plate light Rear combination light Cargo light Daytime running light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer to the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect elec tric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric me
457. tay with the second call and end the original call Press the button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call ENDING A CALL To end an active call press the button TEXT MESSAGING if so equipped AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using the feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle NOTE This feature is automatically disabled if the connected device does not support the Mes sage Access Profile MAP For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual for details and instructions or visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for additional in formation on phone compatibility The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 59 Sending
458. tch is turned ON while pushing the RES switch SET switch or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch ON The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information display will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch of
459. tective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out w
460. tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags knee air bag pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person per forming the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag cur tain air bag or knee air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Addition ally the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag knee air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle o If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction your Occupant Detection Sensor ODS should be checked by a NISSAN dealer to verify it is still func tioning correctly The ODS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact Failure to verify proper ODS function may result in an improper a
461. tesenesesereeess ees 2 51 Personal LINIS cctecdxcewseraceeuesespexneees an 2 51 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 51 Programming HomeLink 2 0262 e eeeeeeeens 2 52 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers 2 53 Operating the HomeLink universal WANSCOCWCT at ncnaduaiuass reeek ates EER U A 2 54 Programming trouble diagnosis 5 2 54 Clearing the programmed information 2 54 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 55 If your vehicle is stolen 2 02 0005 2 55 INSTRUMENT PANEL 232221 20 19 2 2 Instruments and controls 16 1514 13 Vent P 4 25 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 30 Supplemental front impact air bag P 1 46 Meters gauges warning indicator lights and Vehicle Information Display P 2 3 P 2 7 P 2 14 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 27 Vent P 4 25 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Radio P 4 38 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 2 25 Vent P 4 25 Glove box P 2 43 Front passenger air bag warning status light P 1 46 Power outlet P 2 39 Heater and air conditioning controls P 4 26 Shift lever P 5 16 Push button ignition switch P 5 10 METERS AND GAUGES 17 Cruise control main Intelligent Cruise Control ICC if so equipped set switches P 5 33
462. th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes 4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades 1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or when driving slowly or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel economy 5 18 Starting and driving When shifting up Move the shift lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the shift lever to the down side Shifts to lower range The transmission will automatically down shift the gears For example if you select the 3rd range the transmission will shift down between the 3rd and 1st gears Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Return the shift lever to the D Drive position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control e When this situation occurs the CVT position indicator light will blink and the chime will sound In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatic
463. th any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is Significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in th
464. the fuel tank After a few driving trips the O light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test For additional infor mation refer to Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The MIL will come on in one of two ways MIL on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or miss ing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C7 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The MIL may
465. the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional informa tion refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Opening windows The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press and hold the button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 3 seconds The door windows will lower while holding down the amp button on the Intelligent Key NOTE The windows will stop lowering at the time the button is released The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key Releasing the rear liftgate if so equipped The rear liftgate can be opened and closed by performing the following Press the CJ button if so equipped for longer than 1 second to open the rear lift gate Press the button if so equipped again for longer than 1 second to close the rear liftgate
466. the moving objects When there is a blinking source of light When strong light such as another vehicle s headlight or sunlight is present When camera orientation is not in its usual position such as when mirror is folded When there is dirt water drops or snow on the camera lens When the position of the moving ob jects in the display is not changed e The MOD system might detect flowing water droplets on the camera lens white smoke from the muffler moving shadows etc e The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed direc tion distance or shape of the moving objects If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed leaving it misaligned or bent the sens ing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly e When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunction Camera maintenance If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the MOD system may not operate properly Clean the camera AROUND VIEW MONITOR SETTINGS MOD Moving Object Detection To turn the MOD system on or off press and hold the CAMERA button for more than 3 seconds VIEW MALFUNCTION When the icon is displayed on the screen there are abnormal conditions in the Around View Monitor This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be
467. the vehicle AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically e A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function You can individually set driver s and front passenger s side temperature using each temperature control dial When the DUAL button is pressed or passenger s side tem perature dial is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger s side temperature control press the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Press the AUTO button The indicator light comes on Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperat
468. the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions 5 70 Starting and driving When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal ex ceeds a certain level the brake assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conven tional brake booster even with light pedal force AWARNING The brake assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device it is the driv ers responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping
469. the vehicle information display Use the button to select Driver Assis tance Then press the OK button 2 Select Blind Spot and press the OK but ton NOTE The RCTA system is integrated into the BSW system There is not a separate selec tion in the vehicle information display for the RCTA system When the BSW is dis abled the RCTA system is also disabled AWARNING Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before back ing up The radar sensors detect ap proaching moving vehicles The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as Pedestrians bicycles motorcycles animals or child operated toy vehicles A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 MPH 30 km h A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH 8 km h The radar sensors may not detect ap proaching vehicles in certain situations Illustration a When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor RCTA SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS Illustration b When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space Illustration c When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground Starting and driving 5 29 Illustration d When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle s park ing lot aisle e Excessive noise e g audio system vol ume open vehicle window will inter fere with the chime sound and it may I
470. this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARMRESTS The rear bench center armrest is locked in the up position To lower the armrest pull the armrest down To return the armrest to the up position push up on the armrest until it is in the full up position FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or pinched in the seat e Head restraints headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they shou
471. tically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The Occupant Classification Sensor in this ve hicle is a weight sensor It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting up right by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the Oc
472. til the beep sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the beep sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition VR press and release the i button located on the steering wheel After the beep sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response 4 54 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the Voice Recognition session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the syst
473. ting and driving section of this manual mejo This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Brake warning light Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 2 8 Instruments and controls Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficien
474. tion While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual e This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 FMAM _ ei si file MEDIA DISP 16 15 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH 3 COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so 4 equipped g 1 amp CD eject button 6 2 XM button Display screen CD insert slot d4 SEEK button SCAN button Kid SEEK TRACK MH Apps BACK C s 8 9 TUNE SCROLL PUSH SETTING 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems gt i TRACK button BACK button 9 APPS button 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ENTER SETTING button TUNE SCROLL knob Station select 1 6 buttons RDM random button RPT repeat button power button VOL volume control knob DISP display button MEDIA button FMAM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam For additional information refer
475. tion Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless T The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throug
476. tion width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance 9 26 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature ca
477. tional information refer to Forward Emer gency Braking System and Predictive Forward Collision Warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system ON indicator if so equipped This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Con trol ICC system status The status is shown by the color For additional information refer to In telligent Cruise Control ICC System in the Starting and driving section of this manual SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors trunk liftgate or the hood when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al Instruments and controls 2 25 ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tra
478. tions 5 56 Starting and driving First warning Second warning SYSTEM OPERATION The Forward Emergency Braking system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 MPH 5 km h If a risk of a forward collision is detected the Forward Emergency Braking system will provide the first warning to the driver by an audible warn ing If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force fully after the warning and the Forward Emer gency Braking system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision the system will automatically increase the braking force If the driver does not take action the Forward Emer Visual Audible Higher pitched chime gency Braking system issues the second visual warning red and audible warning and also ap plies partial braking If the risk of a collision be comes imminent the Forward Emergency Brak ing system applies harder braking automatically NOTE The vehicle s brake lights come on when braking is performed by the Forward Emer gency Braking system Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle ahead as well as driving and roadway conditions the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the conse quences if a collision should one be unavoidable If the driver is handling the steering wheel accel erating or braking the Forward Emergency Brak ing system will function later or will
479. tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the vehicle infor mation display screen The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen corresponds with the actual order of the tire position For additional information refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and con trols section and Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem TPMS in the In case of emergency section of this manual AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa
480. tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR BEE OWNERS Q Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires z wees Checking tire pressure including the spare manne ne TIRE LABELING 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the Size Cold Tire Inflation Federal law requires tire manufacturers to tire Pressure j place standardized information on the 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely Front and Rear sidewall of all tires This information iden onto the valve stem Do not presstoo Original Tire 33 PSI 230 kPa tifies and describes the fundamental hard or force the valve stem side 235 65R18 characteristics of the tire and also pro ways or air will escape If the hissing Front and Rear vides the tire identification number TIN sound of air escaping from the tire is Original Tire 35 PSI 240 kPa for safety standard certification The TIN heard while checking the pressure 235 55R20 can be used to id
481. to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS To use the NissanConnec Mobile Apps fea ture it is necessary for the user to register In order to register visit the NissanConnect website www nissanusa com connect or https canada nissanconnect com For Canada Once registered download the Nissan Connect App from the App Store or Google Play Store and then log into the application If you already have a NISSAN Owner Portal Account then you can use this login information to access the app toM Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System regarding connecting your phone in this section NOTE Apple iPhone can be paired via Bluetooth for NissanConnect Apps to function NOTE Apple certified cables are supported and some aftermarket cables may not function correctly with the USB port APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect App will search your phone to determine which compat ible applications are currently installed The user will then choose which apps they want to bring into their vehicle from the list of apps within the Manage My Apps section of the Nissan Conn
482. to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System the call information is displayed on either the vehicle information display or both the vehicle information display and he control panel display Press the a button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call DURING A CALL While a call is active press the i button to access additional options Speak one of the fol lowing commands Send Speak this command followed by the digits to enter digits during the phone call Mute On or Mute Off Speak the com mand to mute or unmute the system Transfer Call Speak this command to transfer the call to the handset To transfer the call back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System press the i button and confirm when prompted If supported by the phone the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality If a call is received while another call is already active a message will be displayed on the screen Press the i button to hold the active call and switch to the second call Press the button to reject the second call While the second call is active pressing the uf button will allow the same commands that are available during any call and two addi tional commands Switch Call Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the origi nal call End Other Call Speak this command to s
483. track Press the Pl SEEK TRACK button sev eral times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT repeat button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random button When the RDM random button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The
484. traint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section WRS0256
485. traint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to WRS0700 LRS2595 the vehicle Doing so could damage LATCH lower anchor location LATCH label locations rear bench the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly LATCH lower anchor location installed using the damaged anchor ages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor AWARNING e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged LRS0661 LRS0662 Child restraint anchorages are de LATCH webbing mounted attachment LATCH rigid mounted attachment signed to withstand only those loads Installing child restraint LATCH lower When installing a child restraint carefully read imposed by correctly fitted c
486. ts 1 Supplemental front impact air bag modules 2 Air bag Control Unit ACU 3 Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor 4 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag modules 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bags 6 Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag inflators 7 Satellite sensors 8 Seat belt with pretensioner 9 Pressure sensors in door driver s side shown passenger side similar 10 Driver supplemental knee air bag 11 Crash zone sensor 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear bench seats to push or pull on the seat back pocket Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear bench seats If the front seat does contact the rear bench seats the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has oc curred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash If a forward facing child restraint is in stalled in the front passenger seat do not position th
487. ts in this section The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul der and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this
488. ual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 805 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found in
489. ues tions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by a NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for de tails concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to a
490. ulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 6 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is n
491. ur floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The floor mats have grommet holes incorporated in them Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS A CAUTION Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre vent reduction of ability to move the seats Clean periodically with a high powered vacuum cleaner Dirt and debris may reduce the ability to adjust the seat A wet cleansing agent may be used if necessary CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Most vehicle corrosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other pro
492. ure lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the 7 front defroster button on The indicator light on the button will come on Turn the temperature control dial to set the maximum temperature to aid in defrosting or defogging To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows use the fan speed control buttons to set the fan speed to maximum As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 When the front defroster button is pressed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C The air recirculate mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compart ment to further improve the defogging per formance When the air recirculate mode automatically turns off the air fresh mode will automatically turn on Remote engine start logic if so equipped Vehicles equipped with automatic climate con trols and remote start function may go into auto matic heating or cooling mode when remote start is activated depending on outside and cabin tem peratures Automatic temperature depends on outside and cabin temperatures During this pe riod the climate control display and butto
493. use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health REMOTE START if so equipped Vehicles started with the remote start require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift lever can be moved from the P Park position To place the ignition switch to the ON position follow these steps 1 Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you 2 Apply the brake 3 Press the ignition switch once to the ON position For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in your vehicle is electronically controlled to pro duce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake
494. utlined in the Seat belts section of the Owner s Manual 4 Remain in this position for 30 seconds al lowing the system to classify the front pas senger before the vehicle is put into motion 5 Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light NOTE This vehicle s occupant classification sys tem locks the classification during driving so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving Also the occupant classification system may recalculate the weight of the occupant when the vehicle comes to a stop i e stop light stop sign etc so front pas senger seat occupants should continue to remain seated as outlined above Troubleshooting If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect 1 Ifthe light is ON with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger s seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The front seat or seatback is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front pass
495. vec eae an mec 1 7 Flexible seating uususesssrnnnnunnrrrrrrnrrnnnno 1 7 Head restraints headrests unnan 1 10 Adjustable head restraint headrest COMPO A s44561ewe owes mruwsa se yee e EA 1 11 PReMOY GC nc 5a5 ea E E T meres Saree es ence 1 11 Aale a aaee Geepes oe E EU e E BEE pies beeen 1 12 POS E E E E E end E eens 1 12 Ded Dells E iis se4e sawarn eee ae bea ween sere 1 13 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Seat belt warning light 00000 1 16 Pregnant WOMEN vse eeaci acs teece 4 aces triat 1 16 Injured persons atanacaceneevuteces tee caeeceres 1 16 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 16 Seat belt extenders 0 00 c ee eee eee 1 22 Seat belt maintenance 000 e eee ees Child Sale oreren sner enna T eeeaa eRe eet a E A E ET A EE T TET Small ehildreNs ssc orts serris netaee ates sc deini Larger childrens c2c2022ne856eee aceseceusanse Child restraints ssena annann Precautions on child restraints 04 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildr en System 2 ss lt sceudeheeusccencadeuds Rear facing child restraint installation using EPIC a cedecnewoaes Gece vacsaneCeosewenenes Rear facing child restraint installation using tne seal Dolle sceaskuvencesbenreeeeiw axe tadewug Forward facing child restraint installation USING LATCH ess ccaccesatengeskeadtanteiseanxs Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat be
496. vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait one minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still on after this the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 3 If the light is OFF with small adult child or child restraint occupying the front passen ger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sen sors Small adult or child is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with feet comfortably extended to the floor The child restraint is not properly installed as outlined in the Child restraints section of the Owner s Manual An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger s seat The front seat or seatback is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passen ger s seat An object
497. w A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Misri OFF int Lo Hi If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to oper ate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 Low ON continuous low speed opera tion Push the switch forward to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times Instruments and controls 2 29 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITC
498. w The view around and ahead of the front passenger s side wheel The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects When in the front or rear view display an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed 1 When in the bird s eye view a tall object near the seam 8 of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor 2 AWARNING e The Around View Monitor is a conve nience but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed The four corners of the vehicle in par ticular are blind spots where objects do not appear in the bird s eye front or rear views Always look out the win dows and check with your own eyes to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always operate the vehicle slowly The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers Do not use the Around View Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View Monitor The distance between objects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 The cameras ar
499. will reverse direction immedi ately during power open or power close if the Intelligent Key instrument panel or liftgate switch is pushed or if the liftgate opener switch is pushed A chime will sound to announce the reversal Auto Reverse If an obstacle is detected during power open or power close a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will reverse direction and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the liftgate motion will stop and the liftgate will enter manual mode A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the liftgate If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip during power close the liftgate will reverse direc tion and return to the full open position NOTE If the pinch strip is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the liftgate Manual Mode If power operation is not available the liftgate may be operated manually Power operation may not be available if the power liftgate main switch is in the ON position if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if battery voltage is low If the power liftgate opener switch is pushed during power open or close the power operation will be canceled and the liftgate can b
500. witch is located on the center console The climate controlled seat can be operated as follows 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob to the heat side 1 or the cool side 2 The indicator light 8 on the control knob will illuminate Instruments and controls 2 37 3 Adjust the desired amount of air using the control knob The climate controlled seat blower remains on low speed for approxi mately 60 seconds after turning the switch on or selecting the desired temperature 4 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the control knob to the Off center position The indicator light 8 on the control knob goes off with the switch in the off center position To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat contact a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the climate controlled seats if you or the oc cupants can not monitor seat tempera tures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat Use of the climate controlled seats by such people could result in serious injury 2 38 Instruments and controls A CAUTION The battery could run down if the cli mate control seat is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the climate control seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush
501. with front license plate bracket Overall width Overall height Front and rear tread width Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 192 4 4 888 192 8 4 898 75 4 1 916 66 6 1 691 64 6 1 640 111 2 2 825 Refer to the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpo
502. ws equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released LPD2092 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following pro
503. y as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB connection port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended Not all Android devices are supported for USB audio For Apple products only Apple or Apple certified USB cables are supported Some aftermarket cables may not be supported General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly AniPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manual
504. y can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it AWARNING Always follow the instructions below Fail ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc Vehicle with 6 battery for Za booster 3 Ensure the vent caps are level and tight 4 Connect the jumper cables in the sequence illustrated A CAUTION Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal In c
505. y contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance For additional infor mation refer t
506. y encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 LO WWA ie Sit upright and weil back AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear th
507. y is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink in this section Instruments and controls 2 51 AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 52 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are hav
508. ystem Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality within certain limitations The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice snow stickers for example In these cases the system may not be able to warn the driver prop erly Be sure that you check clean and clear the sensor area regularly Turning the Forward Emergency Braking system ON OFF Perform the following steps to turn the Forward Emergency Braking system ON or OFF 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and then press OK button Use the v button to select Driver Assistance Then press the OK button Select Emergency Brake and press the OK button 3 Select System and press the OK button Starting and driving 5 57 The Forward Emergency Braking system will be automatically turned on when the engine is re started NOTE When the Forward Emergency Braking sys tem setting is turned on or off the Predic tive Forward Collision Warning system is also turned on or off simultaneously 5 58 Starting and driving LSD2262 System temporarily unavailable Condition A When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source making it impossible to detect a vehicle ah
509. ystem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the com bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only Rear bench seat outboard seating posi tions LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the rear bench center position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly 1 27 Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child res

2015 Nissan Murano

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents